Commit aabd7ddb889aec3c6c4139974f66a44e2ce46ba5
1 parent
c107c0c05c
Exists in
v2017.01-smarct4x
and in
30 other branches
common: Rewrite hiding the end of memory
As the name may be confusing, the CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE reserves some memory from the end of ram, tracked by gd->ram_size. It is not always the top of u-boot visible memory. Rewrite the macro with a weak function to provide flexibility for complex calcuation. Legacy use of this macro is still supported. Signed-off-by: York Sun <yorksun@freescale.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Showing 2 changed files with 16 additions and 9 deletions Inline Diff
README
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | Summary: | 8 | Summary: |
9 | ======== | 9 | ======== |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for | 11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for |
12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other | 12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other |
13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to | 13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to |
14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application | 14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application |
15 | code. | 15 | code. |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of | 17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of |
18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some | 18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some |
19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to | 19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to |
20 | support booting of Linux images. | 20 | support booting of Linux images. |
21 | 21 | ||
22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily | 22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily |
23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are | 23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are |
24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to | 24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to |
25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used | 25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used |
26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can | 26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can |
27 | load and run it dynamically. | 27 | load and run it dynamically. |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | 29 | ||
30 | Status: | 30 | Status: |
31 | ======= | 31 | ======= |
32 | 32 | ||
33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the | 33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the |
34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered | 34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered |
35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. | 35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. |
36 | 36 | ||
37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out | 37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out |
38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board | 38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board |
39 | maintainers. | 39 | maintainers. |
40 | 40 | ||
41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; | 41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; |
42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: | 42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: |
43 | 43 | ||
44 | make CHANGELOG | 44 | make CHANGELOG |
45 | 45 | ||
46 | 46 | ||
47 | Where to get help: | 47 | Where to get help: |
48 | ================== | 48 | ================== |
49 | 49 | ||
50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for | 50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for |
51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at | 51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at |
52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic | 52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic |
53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. | 53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. |
54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and | 54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and |
55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot | 55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot |
56 | 56 | ||
57 | 57 | ||
58 | Where to get source code: | 58 | Where to get source code: |
59 | ========================= | 59 | ========================= |
60 | 60 | ||
61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at | 61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at |
62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at | 62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at |
63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary | 63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary |
64 | 64 | ||
65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of | 65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of |
66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also | 66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also |
67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ | 67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ |
68 | directory. | 68 | directory. |
69 | 69 | ||
70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from | 70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from |
71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ | 71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ |
72 | 72 | ||
73 | 73 | ||
74 | Where we come from: | 74 | Where we come from: |
75 | =================== | 75 | =================== |
76 | 76 | ||
77 | - start from 8xxrom sources | 77 | - start from 8xxrom sources |
78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) | 78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) |
79 | - clean up code | 79 | - clean up code |
80 | - make it easier to add custom boards | 80 | - make it easier to add custom boards |
81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs | 81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs |
82 | - extend functions, especially: | 82 | - extend functions, especially: |
83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader | 83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader |
84 | * S-Record download | 84 | * S-Record download |
85 | * network boot | 85 | * network boot |
86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot | 86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot |
87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) | 87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) |
88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) | 88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) |
89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) | 89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) |
90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot | 90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot |
91 | 91 | ||
92 | 92 | ||
93 | Names and Spelling: | 93 | Names and Spelling: |
94 | =================== | 94 | =================== |
95 | 95 | ||
96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling | 96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling |
97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments | 97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments |
98 | in source files etc.). Example: | 98 | in source files etc.). Example: |
99 | 99 | ||
100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. | 100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. |
101 | 101 | ||
102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: | 102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: |
103 | 103 | ||
104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h | 104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h |
105 | 105 | ||
106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> | 106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> |
107 | 107 | ||
108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on | 108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on |
109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: | 109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: |
110 | 110 | ||
111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo | 111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo |
112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start | 112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start |
113 | 113 | ||
114 | 114 | ||
115 | Versioning: | 115 | Versioning: |
116 | =========== | 116 | =========== |
117 | 117 | ||
118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases | 118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases |
119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning | 119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning |
120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by | 120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by |
121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. | 121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. |
122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix | 122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix |
123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. | 123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. |
124 | 124 | ||
125 | Examples: | 125 | Examples: |
126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 | 126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 |
127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree | 127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree |
128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release | 128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release |
129 | 129 | ||
130 | 130 | ||
131 | Directory Hierarchy: | 131 | Directory Hierarchy: |
132 | ==================== | 132 | ==================== |
133 | 133 | ||
134 | /arch Architecture specific files | 134 | /arch Architecture specific files |
135 | /arc Files generic to ARC architecture | 135 | /arc Files generic to ARC architecture |
136 | /cpu CPU specific files | 136 | /cpu CPU specific files |
137 | /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs | 137 | /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs |
138 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 138 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
139 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture | 139 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture |
140 | /cpu CPU specific files | 140 | /cpu CPU specific files |
141 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs | 141 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs |
142 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs | 142 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs |
143 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU | 143 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU |
144 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs | 144 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs |
145 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs | 145 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs |
146 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs | 146 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs |
147 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs | 147 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs |
148 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs | 148 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs |
149 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs | 149 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs |
150 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 150 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
151 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture | 151 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture |
152 | /cpu CPU specific files | 152 | /cpu CPU specific files |
153 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 153 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
154 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture | 154 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture |
155 | /cpu CPU specific files | 155 | /cpu CPU specific files |
156 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 156 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
157 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture | 157 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture |
158 | /cpu CPU specific files | 158 | /cpu CPU specific files |
159 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs | 159 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs |
160 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs | 160 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs |
161 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs | 161 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs |
162 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs | 162 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs |
163 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs | 163 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs |
164 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 164 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
165 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture | 165 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture |
166 | /cpu CPU specific files | 166 | /cpu CPU specific files |
167 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 167 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
168 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture | 168 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture |
169 | /cpu CPU specific files | 169 | /cpu CPU specific files |
170 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs | 170 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs |
171 | /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs | 171 | /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs |
172 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 172 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
173 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture | 173 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture |
174 | /cpu CPU specific files | 174 | /cpu CPU specific files |
175 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs | 175 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs |
176 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 176 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
177 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture | 177 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture |
178 | /cpu CPU specific files | 178 | /cpu CPU specific files |
179 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 179 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
180 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture | 180 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture |
181 | /cpu CPU specific files | 181 | /cpu CPU specific files |
182 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 182 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
183 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture | 183 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture |
184 | /cpu CPU specific files | 184 | /cpu CPU specific files |
185 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs | 185 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs |
186 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs | 186 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs |
187 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs | 187 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs |
188 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs | 188 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs |
189 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs | 189 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs |
190 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs | 190 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs |
191 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 191 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
192 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture | 192 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture |
193 | /cpu CPU specific files | 193 | /cpu CPU specific files |
194 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs | 194 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs |
195 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs | 195 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs |
196 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs | 196 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs |
197 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 197 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
198 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture | 198 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture |
199 | /cpu CPU specific files | 199 | /cpu CPU specific files |
200 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU | 200 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU |
201 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU | 201 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU |
202 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 202 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
203 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture | 203 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture |
204 | /cpu CPU specific files | 204 | /cpu CPU specific files |
205 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 205 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
206 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps | 206 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps |
207 | /board Board dependent files | 207 | /board Board dependent files |
208 | /common Misc architecture independent functions | 208 | /common Misc architecture independent functions |
209 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling | 209 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling |
210 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) | 210 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) |
211 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers | 211 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers |
212 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. | 212 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. |
213 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. | 213 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. |
214 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) | 214 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) |
215 | /include Header Files | 215 | /include Header Files |
216 | /lib Files generic to all architectures | 216 | /lib Files generic to all architectures |
217 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees | 217 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees |
218 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression | 218 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression |
219 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression | 219 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression |
220 | /net Networking code | 220 | /net Networking code |
221 | /post Power On Self Test | 221 | /post Power On Self Test |
222 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework | 222 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework |
223 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. | 223 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. |
224 | 224 | ||
225 | Software Configuration: | 225 | Software Configuration: |
226 | ======================= | 226 | ======================= |
227 | 227 | ||
228 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the | 228 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the |
229 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. | 229 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. |
230 | 230 | ||
231 | There are two classes of configuration variables: | 231 | There are two classes of configuration variables: |
232 | 232 | ||
233 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: | 233 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: |
234 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with | 234 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with |
235 | "CONFIG_". | 235 | "CONFIG_". |
236 | 236 | ||
237 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: | 237 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: |
238 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if | 238 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if |
239 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with | 239 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with |
240 | "CONFIG_SYS_". | 240 | "CONFIG_SYS_". |
241 | 241 | ||
242 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even | 242 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even |
243 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to | 243 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to |
244 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic | 244 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic |
245 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards | 245 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards |
246 | as an example here. | 246 | as an example here. |
247 | 247 | ||
248 | 248 | ||
249 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: | 249 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: |
250 | --------------------------------------------------- | 250 | --------------------------------------------------- |
251 | 251 | ||
252 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default | 252 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default |
253 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig". | 253 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig". |
254 | 254 | ||
255 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: | 255 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: |
256 | 256 | ||
257 | cd u-boot | 257 | cd u-boot |
258 | make TQM823L_defconfig | 258 | make TQM823L_defconfig |
259 | 259 | ||
260 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; | 260 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; |
261 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent | 261 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent |
262 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. | 262 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. |
263 | 263 | ||
264 | 264 | ||
265 | Sandbox Environment: | 265 | Sandbox Environment: |
266 | -------------------- | 266 | -------------------- |
267 | 267 | ||
268 | U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' | 268 | U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' |
269 | board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- | 269 | board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- |
270 | specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to | 270 | specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to |
271 | run some of U-Boot's tests. | 271 | run some of U-Boot's tests. |
272 | 272 | ||
273 | See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. | 273 | See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. |
274 | 274 | ||
275 | 275 | ||
276 | Board Initialisation Flow: | 276 | Board Initialisation Flow: |
277 | -------------------------- | 277 | -------------------------- |
278 | 278 | ||
279 | This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both | 279 | This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both |
280 | SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL | 280 | SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL |
281 | mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each | 281 | mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each |
282 | function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this. | 282 | function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this. |
283 | At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this. | 283 | At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this. |
284 | 284 | ||
285 | Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after | 285 | Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after |
286 | that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below. | 286 | that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below. |
287 | 287 | ||
288 | lowlevel_init(): | 288 | lowlevel_init(): |
289 | - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f() | 289 | - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f() |
290 | - no global_data or BSS | 290 | - no global_data or BSS |
291 | - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed) | 291 | - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed) |
292 | - must not set up SDRAM or use console | 292 | - must not set up SDRAM or use console |
293 | - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to | 293 | - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to |
294 | board_init_f() | 294 | board_init_f() |
295 | - this is almost never needed | 295 | - this is almost never needed |
296 | - return normally from this function | 296 | - return normally from this function |
297 | 297 | ||
298 | board_init_f(): | 298 | board_init_f(): |
299 | - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r(): | 299 | - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r(): |
300 | i.e. SDRAM and serial UART | 300 | i.e. SDRAM and serial UART |
301 | - global_data is available | 301 | - global_data is available |
302 | - stack is in SRAM | 302 | - stack is in SRAM |
303 | - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables, | 303 | - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables, |
304 | only stack variables and global_data | 304 | only stack variables and global_data |
305 | 305 | ||
306 | Non-SPL-specific notes: | 306 | Non-SPL-specific notes: |
307 | - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this | 307 | - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this |
308 | can do nothing | 308 | can do nothing |
309 | 309 | ||
310 | SPL-specific notes: | 310 | SPL-specific notes: |
311 | - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own | 311 | - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own |
312 | version as needed. | 312 | version as needed. |
313 | - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis | 313 | - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis |
314 | - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work | 314 | - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work |
315 | - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S | 315 | - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S |
316 | - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r() | 316 | - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r() |
317 | directly) | 317 | directly) |
318 | 318 | ||
319 | Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at | 319 | Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at |
320 | this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below | 320 | this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below |
321 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of | 321 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of |
322 | memory. | 322 | memory. |
323 | 323 | ||
324 | board_init_r(): | 324 | board_init_r(): |
325 | - purpose: main execution, common code | 325 | - purpose: main execution, common code |
326 | - global_data is available | 326 | - global_data is available |
327 | - SDRAM is available | 327 | - SDRAM is available |
328 | - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used | 328 | - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used |
329 | - execution eventually continues to main_loop() | 329 | - execution eventually continues to main_loop() |
330 | 330 | ||
331 | Non-SPL-specific notes: | 331 | Non-SPL-specific notes: |
332 | - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from | 332 | - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from |
333 | there. | 333 | there. |
334 | 334 | ||
335 | SPL-specific notes: | 335 | SPL-specific notes: |
336 | - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and | 336 | - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and |
337 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM | 337 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM |
338 | - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is | 338 | - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is |
339 | done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a | 339 | done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a |
340 | spl_board_init() function containing this call | 340 | spl_board_init() function containing this call |
341 | - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux | 341 | - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux |
342 | 342 | ||
343 | 343 | ||
344 | 344 | ||
345 | Configuration Options: | 345 | Configuration Options: |
346 | ---------------------- | 346 | ---------------------- |
347 | 347 | ||
348 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all | 348 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all |
349 | such information is kept in a configuration file | 349 | such information is kept in a configuration file |
350 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". | 350 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". |
351 | 351 | ||
352 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in | 352 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in |
353 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". | 353 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". |
354 | 354 | ||
355 | 355 | ||
356 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux | 356 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux |
357 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to | 357 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to |
358 | build a config tool - later. | 358 | build a config tool - later. |
359 | 359 | ||
360 | 360 | ||
361 | The following options need to be configured: | 361 | The following options need to be configured: |
362 | 362 | ||
363 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. | 363 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. |
364 | 364 | ||
365 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. | 365 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. |
366 | 366 | ||
367 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) | 367 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) |
368 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 | 368 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 |
369 | 369 | ||
370 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 370 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
371 | Define exactly one of | 371 | Define exactly one of |
372 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD | 372 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD |
373 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: | 373 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: |
374 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, | 374 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, |
375 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 | 375 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 |
376 | 376 | ||
377 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 377 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
378 | Define exactly one of | 378 | Define exactly one of |
379 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 | 379 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 |
380 | 380 | ||
381 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 381 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
382 | Define one or more of | 382 | Define one or more of |
383 | CONFIG_CMA302 | 383 | CONFIG_CMA302 |
384 | 384 | ||
385 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) | 385 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) |
386 | Define one or more of | 386 | Define one or more of |
387 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on | 387 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on |
388 | the LCD display every second with | 388 | the LCD display every second with |
389 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ | 389 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ |
390 | 390 | ||
391 | - Marvell Family Member | 391 | - Marvell Family Member |
392 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable | 392 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable |
393 | multiple fs option at one time | 393 | multiple fs option at one time |
394 | for marvell soc family | 394 | for marvell soc family |
395 | 395 | ||
396 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) | 396 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) |
397 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if | 397 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if |
398 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work | 398 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work |
399 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz | 399 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz |
400 | reference PIT/RTC clock | 400 | reference PIT/RTC clock |
401 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK | 401 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK |
402 | or XTAL/EXTAL) | 402 | or XTAL/EXTAL) |
403 | 403 | ||
404 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): | 404 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): |
405 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN | 405 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN |
406 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX | 406 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX |
407 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT | 407 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT |
408 | See doc/README.MPC866 | 408 | See doc/README.MPC866 |
409 | 409 | ||
410 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK | 410 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK |
411 | 411 | ||
412 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead | 412 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead |
413 | of relying on the correctness of the configured | 413 | of relying on the correctness of the configured |
414 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure | 414 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure |
415 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note | 415 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note |
416 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz | 416 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz |
417 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) | 417 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) |
418 | 418 | ||
419 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE | 419 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE |
420 | 420 | ||
421 | Define this option if you want to enable the | 421 | Define this option if you want to enable the |
422 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. | 422 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. |
423 | 423 | ||
424 | - 85xx CPU Options: | 424 | - 85xx CPU Options: |
425 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 | 425 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 |
426 | 426 | ||
427 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements | 427 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements |
428 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR | 428 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR |
429 | compliance, among other possible reasons. | 429 | compliance, among other possible reasons. |
430 | 430 | ||
431 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV | 431 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV |
432 | 432 | ||
433 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the | 433 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the |
434 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ | 434 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ |
435 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. | 435 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. |
436 | 436 | ||
437 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT | 437 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT |
438 | 438 | ||
439 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device | 439 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device |
440 | tree nodes for the given platform. | 440 | tree nodes for the given platform. |
441 | 441 | ||
442 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB | 442 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB |
443 | 443 | ||
444 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work | 444 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work |
445 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger | 445 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger |
446 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where | 446 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where |
447 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this | 447 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this |
448 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this | 448 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this |
449 | purpose. | 449 | purpose. |
450 | 450 | ||
451 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 | 451 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 |
452 | 452 | ||
453 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, | 453 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, |
454 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and | 454 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and |
455 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. | 455 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. |
456 | 456 | ||
457 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV | 457 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV |
458 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) | 458 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) |
459 | 459 | ||
460 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) | 460 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) |
461 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. | 461 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. |
462 | 462 | ||
463 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision | 463 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision |
464 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus | 464 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus |
465 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls | 465 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls |
466 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. | 466 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. |
467 | 467 | ||
468 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about | 468 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about |
469 | this erratum. | 469 | this erratum. |
470 | 470 | ||
471 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND | 471 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND |
472 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only | 472 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only |
473 | required during NOR boot. | 473 | required during NOR boot. |
474 | 474 | ||
475 | CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND | 475 | CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND |
476 | Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only | 476 | Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only |
477 | required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision | 477 | required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision |
478 | 478 | ||
479 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY | 479 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY |
480 | 480 | ||
481 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 | 481 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 |
482 | according to the A004510 workaround. | 482 | according to the A004510 workaround. |
483 | 483 | ||
484 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR | 484 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR |
485 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is | 485 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is |
486 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. | 486 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. |
487 | 487 | ||
488 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR | 488 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR |
489 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory | 489 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory |
490 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. | 490 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. |
491 | 491 | ||
492 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR | 492 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR |
493 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly | 493 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly |
494 | connected to the DSP core. | 494 | connected to the DSP core. |
495 | 495 | ||
496 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT | 496 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT |
497 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. | 497 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. |
498 | 498 | ||
499 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK | 499 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK |
500 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. | 500 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. |
501 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply | 501 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply |
502 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. | 502 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. |
503 | 503 | ||
504 | CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F | 504 | CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F |
505 | This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the | 505 | This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the |
506 | time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. | 506 | time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. |
507 | 507 | ||
508 | CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP | 508 | CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP |
509 | Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is | 509 | Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is |
510 | supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. | 510 | supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. |
511 | 511 | ||
512 | - Generic CPU options: | 512 | - Generic CPU options: |
513 | CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA | 513 | CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA |
514 | Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). | 514 | Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). |
515 | If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in | 515 | If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in |
516 | generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board | 516 | generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board |
517 | should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). | 517 | should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). |
518 | 518 | ||
519 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN | 519 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN |
520 | 520 | ||
521 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those | 521 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those |
522 | values is arch specific. | 522 | values is arch specific. |
523 | 523 | ||
524 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR | 524 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR |
525 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is | 525 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is |
526 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core | 526 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core |
527 | SoCs. | 527 | SoCs. |
528 | 528 | ||
529 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR | 529 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR |
530 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. | 530 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. |
531 | 531 | ||
532 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU | 532 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU |
533 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as | 533 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as |
534 | deskew training are not available. | 534 | deskew training are not available. |
535 | 535 | ||
536 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 | 536 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 |
537 | Freescale DDR1 controller. | 537 | Freescale DDR1 controller. |
538 | 538 | ||
539 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 | 539 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 |
540 | Freescale DDR2 controller. | 540 | Freescale DDR2 controller. |
541 | 541 | ||
542 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 | 542 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 |
543 | Freescale DDR3 controller. | 543 | Freescale DDR3 controller. |
544 | 544 | ||
545 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 | 545 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 |
546 | Freescale DDR4 controller. | 546 | Freescale DDR4 controller. |
547 | 547 | ||
548 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 | 548 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 |
549 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. | 549 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. |
550 | 550 | ||
551 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 | 551 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 |
552 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 552 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
553 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board | 553 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board |
554 | implemetation. | 554 | implemetation. |
555 | 555 | ||
556 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 | 556 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 |
557 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with | 557 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with |
558 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board | 558 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board |
559 | implementation. | 559 | implementation. |
560 | 560 | ||
561 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 | 561 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 |
562 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 562 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
563 | Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. | 563 | Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. |
564 | 564 | ||
565 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L | 565 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L |
566 | Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 566 | Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
567 | DDR3L controllers. | 567 | DDR3L controllers. |
568 | 568 | ||
569 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 | 569 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 |
570 | Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 570 | Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
571 | DDR4 controllers. | 571 | DDR4 controllers. |
572 | 572 | ||
573 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE | 573 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE |
574 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian | 574 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian |
575 | 575 | ||
576 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE | 576 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE |
577 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian | 577 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian |
578 | 578 | ||
579 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI | 579 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI |
580 | It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. | 580 | It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. |
581 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 581 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details |
582 | 582 | ||
583 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW | 583 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW |
584 | It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. | 584 | It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. |
585 | PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. | 585 | PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. |
586 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 586 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details |
587 | 587 | ||
588 | CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL | 588 | CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL |
589 | It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format | 589 | It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format |
590 | concatenated with u-boot binary. | 590 | concatenated with u-boot binary. |
591 | 591 | ||
592 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE | 592 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE |
593 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian | 593 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian |
594 | 594 | ||
595 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE | 595 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE |
596 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian | 596 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian |
597 | 597 | ||
598 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY | 598 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY |
599 | Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the | 599 | Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the |
600 | same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But | 600 | same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But |
601 | it could be different for ARM SoCs. | 601 | it could be different for ARM SoCs. |
602 | 602 | ||
603 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B | 603 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B |
604 | DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special | 604 | DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special |
605 | interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape | 605 | interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape |
606 | SoCs with ARM core. | 606 | SoCs with ARM core. |
607 | 607 | ||
608 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS | 608 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS |
609 | Number of controllers used as main memory. | 609 | Number of controllers used as main memory. |
610 | 610 | ||
611 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS | 611 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS |
612 | Number of controllers used for other than main memory. | 612 | Number of controllers used for other than main memory. |
613 | 613 | ||
614 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR | 614 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR |
615 | Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA. | 615 | Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA. |
616 | 616 | ||
617 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE | 617 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE |
618 | Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian | 618 | Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian |
619 | 619 | ||
620 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE | 620 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE |
621 | Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian | 621 | Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian |
622 | 622 | ||
623 | - Intel Monahans options: | 623 | - Intel Monahans options: |
624 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO | 624 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO |
625 | 625 | ||
626 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator | 626 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator |
627 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core | 627 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core |
628 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. | 628 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. |
629 | 629 | ||
630 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO | 630 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO |
631 | 631 | ||
632 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator | 632 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator |
633 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and | 633 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and |
634 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied | 634 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied |
635 | by this value. | 635 | by this value. |
636 | 636 | ||
637 | - MIPS CPU options: | 637 | - MIPS CPU options: |
638 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET | 638 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET |
639 | 639 | ||
640 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack | 640 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack |
641 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before | 641 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before |
642 | relocation. | 642 | relocation. |
643 | 643 | ||
644 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE | 644 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE |
645 | 645 | ||
646 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. | 646 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. |
647 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. | 647 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. |
648 | Possible values are: | 648 | Possible values are: |
649 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA | 649 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA |
650 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA | 650 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA |
651 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED | 651 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED |
652 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT | 652 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT |
653 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE | 653 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE |
654 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW | 654 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW |
655 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW | 655 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW |
656 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED | 656 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED |
657 | 657 | ||
658 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG | 658 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG |
659 | 659 | ||
660 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. | 660 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. |
661 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. | 661 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. |
662 | 662 | ||
663 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES | 663 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES |
664 | 664 | ||
665 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq | 665 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq |
666 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to | 666 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to |
667 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. | 667 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. |
668 | 668 | ||
669 | - ARM options: | 669 | - ARM options: |
670 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH | 670 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH |
671 | 671 | ||
672 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not | 672 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not |
673 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. | 673 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. |
674 | 674 | ||
675 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD | 675 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD |
676 | 676 | ||
677 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction | 677 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction |
678 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides | 678 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides |
679 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support | 679 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support |
680 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by | 680 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by |
681 | GCC. | 681 | GCC. |
682 | 682 | ||
683 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 | 683 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 |
684 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 | 684 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 |
685 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 | 685 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 |
686 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 | 686 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 |
687 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 | 687 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 |
688 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022 | 688 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022 |
689 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769 | 689 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769 |
690 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 | 690 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 |
691 | 691 | ||
692 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early | 692 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early |
693 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the | 693 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the |
694 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection | 694 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection |
695 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not | 695 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not |
696 | set these options unless they apply! | 696 | set these options unless they apply! |
697 | 697 | ||
698 | COUNTER_FREQUENCY | 698 | COUNTER_FREQUENCY |
699 | Generic timer clock source frequency. | 699 | Generic timer clock source frequency. |
700 | 700 | ||
701 | COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL | 701 | COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL |
702 | Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is | 702 | Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is |
703 | different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined | 703 | different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined |
704 | at run time. | 704 | at run time. |
705 | 705 | ||
706 | NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These | 706 | NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These |
707 | do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine | 707 | do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine |
708 | specific checks, but expect no product checks. | 708 | specific checks, but expect no product checks. |
709 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973 | 709 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973 |
710 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179 | 710 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179 |
711 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766 | 711 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766 |
712 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870 | 712 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870 |
713 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819 | 713 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819 |
714 | 714 | ||
715 | - Tegra SoC options: | 715 | - Tegra SoC options: |
716 | CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE | 716 | CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE |
717 | 717 | ||
718 | Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain | 718 | Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain |
719 | impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode, | 719 | impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode, |
720 | such as ARM architectural timer initialization. | 720 | such as ARM architectural timer initialization. |
721 | 721 | ||
722 | - Linux Kernel Interface: | 722 | - Linux Kernel Interface: |
723 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ | 723 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ |
724 | 724 | ||
725 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz | 725 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz |
726 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux | 726 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux |
727 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the | 727 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the |
728 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable | 728 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable |
729 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot | 729 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot |
730 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the | 730 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the |
731 | Linux kernel. | 731 | Linux kernel. |
732 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of | 732 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of |
733 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the | 733 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the |
734 | default environment. | 734 | default environment. |
735 | 735 | ||
736 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] | 736 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] |
737 | 737 | ||
738 | When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions | 738 | When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions |
739 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. | 739 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. |
740 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. | 740 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. |
741 | 741 | ||
742 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 742 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
743 | 743 | ||
744 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be | 744 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be |
745 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware | 745 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware |
746 | concepts). | 746 | concepts). |
747 | 747 | ||
748 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 748 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
749 | * New libfdt-based support | 749 | * New libfdt-based support |
750 | * Adds the "fdt" command | 750 | * Adds the "fdt" command |
751 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt | 751 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt |
752 | 752 | ||
753 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for | 753 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for |
754 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 754 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
755 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for | 755 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for |
756 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 756 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
757 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. | 757 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. |
758 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device | 758 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device |
759 | 759 | ||
760 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC | 760 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC |
761 | addresses | 761 | addresses |
762 | 762 | ||
763 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP | 763 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP |
764 | 764 | ||
765 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make | 765 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make |
766 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel | 766 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel |
767 | 767 | ||
768 | CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP | 768 | CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP |
769 | 769 | ||
770 | Other code has addition modification that it wants to make | 770 | Other code has addition modification that it wants to make |
771 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel. | 771 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel. |
772 | This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting | 772 | This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting |
773 | the kernel. | 773 | the kernel. |
774 | 774 | ||
775 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU | 775 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU |
776 | 776 | ||
777 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot | 777 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot |
778 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. | 778 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. |
779 | 779 | ||
780 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP | 780 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP |
781 | 781 | ||
782 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. | 782 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. |
783 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot | 783 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot |
784 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, | 784 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, |
785 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and | 785 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and |
786 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where | 786 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where |
787 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. | 787 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. |
788 | 788 | ||
789 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] | 789 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] |
790 | 790 | ||
791 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one | 791 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one |
792 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type | 792 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type |
793 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry | 793 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry |
794 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). | 794 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). |
795 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported | 795 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported |
796 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is | 796 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is |
797 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. | 797 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. |
798 | 798 | ||
799 | - vxWorks boot parameters: | 799 | - vxWorks boot parameters: |
800 | 800 | ||
801 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following | 801 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following |
802 | environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask, | 802 | environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask, |
803 | serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs. | 803 | serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs. |
804 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. | 804 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. |
805 | 805 | ||
806 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride | 806 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride |
807 | the defaults discussed just above. | 807 | the defaults discussed just above. |
808 | 808 | ||
809 | - Cache Configuration: | 809 | - Cache Configuration: |
810 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot | 810 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot |
811 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot | 811 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot |
812 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot | 812 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot |
813 | 813 | ||
814 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: | 814 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: |
815 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache | 815 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache |
816 | controller | 816 | controller |
817 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 | 817 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 |
818 | controller register space | 818 | controller register space |
819 | 819 | ||
820 | - Serial Ports: | 820 | - Serial Ports: |
821 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL | 821 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL |
822 | 822 | ||
823 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. | 823 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. |
824 | 824 | ||
825 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL | 825 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL |
826 | 826 | ||
827 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. | 827 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. |
828 | 828 | ||
829 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK | 829 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK |
830 | 830 | ||
831 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to | 831 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to |
832 | the clock speed of the UARTs. | 832 | the clock speed of the UARTs. |
833 | 833 | ||
834 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS | 834 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS |
835 | 835 | ||
836 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, | 836 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, |
837 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) | 837 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) |
838 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h | 838 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h |
839 | 839 | ||
840 | CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL | 840 | CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL |
841 | 841 | ||
842 | Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. | 842 | Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. |
843 | Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver | 843 | Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver |
844 | 844 | ||
845 | - Console Interface: | 845 | - Console Interface: |
846 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port | 846 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port |
847 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, | 847 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, |
848 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial | 848 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial |
849 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE | 849 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE |
850 | 850 | ||
851 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial | 851 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial |
852 | port routines must be defined elsewhere | 852 | port routines must be defined elsewhere |
853 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) | 853 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) |
854 | 854 | ||
855 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 855 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
856 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following | 856 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following |
857 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) | 857 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) |
858 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation | 858 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation |
859 | (default big endian) | 859 | (default big endian) |
860 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports | 860 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports |
861 | rectangle fill | 861 | rectangle fill |
862 | (cf. smiLynxEM) | 862 | (cf. smiLynxEM) |
863 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports | 863 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports |
864 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) | 864 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) |
865 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns | 865 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns |
866 | (cols=pitch) | 866 | (cols=pitch) |
867 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows | 867 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows |
868 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel | 868 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel |
869 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format | 869 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format |
870 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) | 870 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) |
871 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address | 871 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address |
872 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct | 872 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct |
873 | (i.e. rx51_kp_init()) | 873 | (i.e. rx51_kp_init()) |
874 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct | 874 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct |
875 | (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc) | 875 | (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc) |
876 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct | 876 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct |
877 | (i.e. rx51_kp_getc) | 877 | (i.e. rx51_kp_getc) |
878 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in | 878 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in |
879 | upper left corner | 879 | upper left corner |
880 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of | 880 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of |
881 | linux_logo.h for logo. | 881 | linux_logo.h for logo. |
882 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 882 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
883 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO | 883 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO |
884 | additional board info beside | 884 | additional board info beside |
885 | the logo | 885 | the logo |
886 | 886 | ||
887 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support | 887 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support |
888 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, | 888 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, |
889 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). | 889 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). |
890 | 890 | ||
891 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is | 891 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is |
892 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with | 892 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with |
893 | environment 'console=serial'. | 893 | environment 'console=serial'. |
894 | 894 | ||
895 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console | 895 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console |
896 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with | 896 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with |
897 | the "silent" environment variable. See | 897 | the "silent" environment variable. See |
898 | doc/README.silent for more information. | 898 | doc/README.silent for more information. |
899 | 899 | ||
900 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default | 900 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default |
901 | is 0x00. | 901 | is 0x00. |
902 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default | 902 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default |
903 | is 0xa0. | 903 | is 0xa0. |
904 | 904 | ||
905 | - Console Baudrate: | 905 | - Console Baudrate: |
906 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps | 906 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps |
907 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 907 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
908 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 908 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
909 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale | 909 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale |
910 | 910 | ||
911 | - Console Rx buffer length | 911 | - Console Rx buffer length |
912 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define | 912 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define |
913 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. | 913 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. |
914 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. | 914 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. |
915 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE | 915 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE |
916 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for | 916 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for |
917 | the SMC. | 917 | the SMC. |
918 | 918 | ||
919 | - Pre-Console Buffer: | 919 | - Pre-Console Buffer: |
920 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART | 920 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART |
921 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. | 921 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. |
922 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to | 922 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to |
923 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being | 923 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being |
924 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 924 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
925 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is | 925 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is |
926 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 926 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
927 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the | 927 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the |
928 | earlier bytes are discarded. | 928 | earlier bytes are discarded. |
929 | 929 | ||
930 | Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the | 930 | Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the |
931 | stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack. | 931 | stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack. |
932 | 932 | ||
933 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if | 933 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if |
934 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 | 934 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 |
935 | 935 | ||
936 | - Safe printf() functions | 936 | - Safe printf() functions |
937 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of | 937 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of |
938 | the printf() functions. These are defined in | 938 | the printf() functions. These are defined in |
939 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and | 939 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and |
940 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. | 940 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. |
941 | If this option is not given then these functions will | 941 | If this option is not given then these functions will |
942 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means | 942 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means |
943 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. | 943 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. |
944 | 944 | ||
945 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds | 945 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds |
946 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; | 946 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; |
947 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. | 947 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. |
948 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort | 948 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort |
949 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). | 949 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). |
950 | 950 | ||
951 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that | 951 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that |
952 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. | 952 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. |
953 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 953 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
954 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN | 954 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN |
955 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED | 955 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED |
956 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT | 956 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT |
957 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 957 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
958 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 958 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
959 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK | 959 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK |
960 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY | 960 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY |
961 | 961 | ||
962 | - Autoboot Command: | 962 | - Autoboot Command: |
963 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 963 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
964 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; | 964 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; |
965 | define a command string that is automatically executed | 965 | define a command string that is automatically executed |
966 | when no character is read on the console interface | 966 | when no character is read on the console interface |
967 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. | 967 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. |
968 | 968 | ||
969 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS | 969 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS |
970 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm | 970 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm |
971 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the | 971 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the |
972 | environment value "bootargs". | 972 | environment value "bootargs". |
973 | 973 | ||
974 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT | 974 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT |
975 | The value of these goes into the environment as | 975 | The value of these goes into the environment as |
976 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used | 976 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used |
977 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from | 977 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from |
978 | RAM and NFS. | 978 | RAM and NFS. |
979 | 979 | ||
980 | - Bootcount: | 980 | - Bootcount: |
981 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 981 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT |
982 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot | 982 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot |
983 | cycle, see: | 983 | cycle, see: |
984 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 984 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit |
985 | 985 | ||
986 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV | 986 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV |
987 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware | 987 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware |
988 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a | 988 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a |
989 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable | 989 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable |
990 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is | 990 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is |
991 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is | 991 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is |
992 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. | 992 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. |
993 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" | 993 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" |
994 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. | 994 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. |
995 | 995 | ||
996 | - Pre-Boot Commands: | 996 | - Pre-Boot Commands: |
997 | CONFIG_PREBOOT | 997 | CONFIG_PREBOOT |
998 | 998 | ||
999 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the | 999 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the |
1000 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked | 1000 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked |
1001 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 1001 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
1002 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. | 1002 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. |
1003 | entering interactive mode. | 1003 | entering interactive mode. |
1004 | 1004 | ||
1005 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is | 1005 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is |
1006 | automatically generated or modified. For an example | 1006 | automatically generated or modified. For an example |
1007 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is | 1007 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is |
1008 | modified when the user holds down a certain | 1008 | modified when the user holds down a certain |
1009 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when | 1009 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when |
1010 | booting the systems | 1010 | booting the systems |
1011 | 1011 | ||
1012 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: | 1012 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: |
1013 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 1013 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
1014 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a | 1014 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a |
1015 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are | 1015 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are |
1016 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal | 1016 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal |
1017 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take | 1017 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take |
1018 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial | 1018 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial |
1019 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. | 1019 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. |
1020 | 1020 | ||
1021 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) | 1021 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) |
1022 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE | 1022 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE |
1023 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 1023 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
1024 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 1024 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
1025 | 1025 | ||
1026 | - Monitor Functions: | 1026 | - Monitor Functions: |
1027 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded | 1027 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded |
1028 | from the build by using the #include files | 1028 | from the build by using the #include files |
1029 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted | 1029 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted |
1030 | commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands. | 1030 | commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands. |
1031 | 1031 | ||
1032 | The default command configuration includes all commands | 1032 | The default command configuration includes all commands |
1033 | except those marked below with a "*". | 1033 | except those marked below with a "*". |
1034 | 1034 | ||
1035 | CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt | 1035 | CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt |
1036 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable | 1036 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable |
1037 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo | 1037 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo |
1038 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger | 1038 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger |
1039 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support | 1039 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support |
1040 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands | 1040 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands |
1041 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd | 1041 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd |
1042 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support | 1042 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support |
1043 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache | 1043 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache |
1044 | CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support | 1044 | CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support |
1045 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo | 1045 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo |
1046 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 | 1046 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 |
1047 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... | 1047 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... |
1048 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support | 1048 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support |
1049 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics | 1049 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics |
1050 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands | 1050 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands |
1051 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command | 1051 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command |
1052 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd | 1052 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd |
1053 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command | 1053 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command |
1054 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat | 1054 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat |
1055 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments | 1055 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments |
1056 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable | 1056 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable |
1057 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support | 1057 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support |
1058 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx | 1058 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx |
1059 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks | 1059 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks |
1060 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags | 1060 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags |
1061 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable | 1061 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable |
1062 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment | 1062 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment |
1063 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support | 1063 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support |
1064 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support | 1064 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support |
1065 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) | 1065 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) |
1066 | that work for multiple fs types | 1066 | that work for multiple fs types |
1067 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID | 1067 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID |
1068 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv | 1068 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv |
1069 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support | 1069 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support |
1070 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support | 1070 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support |
1071 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect | 1071 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect |
1072 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support | 1072 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support |
1073 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support | 1073 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support |
1074 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot | 1074 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot |
1075 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) | 1075 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) |
1076 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment | 1076 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment |
1077 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest | 1077 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest |
1078 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control | 1078 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control |
1079 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support | 1079 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support |
1080 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support | 1080 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support |
1081 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo | 1081 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo |
1082 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash | 1082 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash |
1083 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash | 1083 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash |
1084 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support | 1084 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support |
1085 | CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging | 1085 | CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging |
1086 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment | 1086 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment |
1087 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env | 1087 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env |
1088 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo | 1088 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo |
1089 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values | 1089 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values |
1090 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support | 1090 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support |
1091 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb | 1091 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb |
1092 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) | 1092 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) |
1093 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration | 1093 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration |
1094 | (169.254.*.*) | 1094 | (169.254.*.*) |
1095 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb | 1095 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb |
1096 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads | 1096 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads |
1097 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest | 1097 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest |
1098 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) | 1098 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) |
1099 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information | 1099 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information |
1100 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, | 1100 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, |
1101 | loop, loopw | 1101 | loop, loopw |
1102 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest | 1102 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest |
1103 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc | 1103 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc |
1104 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support | 1104 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support |
1105 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands | 1105 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands |
1106 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support | 1106 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support |
1107 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support | 1107 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support |
1108 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot | 1108 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot |
1109 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support | 1109 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support |
1110 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands | 1110 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands |
1111 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command | 1111 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command |
1112 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo | 1112 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo |
1113 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support | 1113 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support |
1114 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network | 1114 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network |
1115 | host | 1115 | host |
1116 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O | 1116 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O |
1117 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition | 1117 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition |
1118 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump | 1118 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump |
1119 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable | 1119 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable |
1120 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features | 1120 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features |
1121 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump | 1121 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump |
1122 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support | 1122 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support |
1123 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information | 1123 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information |
1124 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) | 1124 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) |
1125 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access | 1125 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access |
1126 | (4xx only) | 1126 | (4xx only) |
1127 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash | 1127 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash |
1128 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest | 1128 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest |
1129 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) | 1129 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) |
1130 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x | 1130 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x |
1131 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support | 1131 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support |
1132 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support | 1132 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support |
1133 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode | 1133 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode |
1134 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) | 1134 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) |
1135 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) | 1135 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) |
1136 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer | 1136 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer |
1137 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support | 1137 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support |
1138 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support | 1138 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support |
1139 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support | 1139 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support |
1140 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image | 1140 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image |
1141 | CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string | 1141 | CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string |
1142 | 1142 | ||
1143 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network | 1143 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network |
1144 | support you can write: | 1144 | support you can write: |
1145 | 1145 | ||
1146 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" | 1146 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" |
1147 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET | 1147 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET |
1148 | 1148 | ||
1149 | Other Commands: | 1149 | Other Commands: |
1150 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 1150 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
1151 | 1151 | ||
1152 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands | 1152 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands |
1153 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know | 1153 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know |
1154 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data | 1154 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data |
1155 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or | 1155 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or |
1156 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be | 1156 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be |
1157 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other | 1157 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other |
1158 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an | 1158 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an |
1159 | initial stack and some data. | 1159 | initial stack and some data. |
1160 | 1160 | ||
1161 | 1161 | ||
1162 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! | 1162 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! |
1163 | 1163 | ||
1164 | - Regular expression support: | 1164 | - Regular expression support: |
1165 | CONFIG_REGEX | 1165 | CONFIG_REGEX |
1166 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against | 1166 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against |
1167 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, | 1167 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, |
1168 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for | 1168 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for |
1169 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". | 1169 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". |
1170 | 1170 | ||
1171 | - Device tree: | 1171 | - Device tree: |
1172 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 1172 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
1173 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree | 1173 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree |
1174 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically | 1174 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically |
1175 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is | 1175 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is |
1176 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device | 1176 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device |
1177 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. | 1177 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. |
1178 | 1178 | ||
1179 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can | 1179 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can |
1180 | be done using one of the two options below: | 1180 | be done using one of the two options below: |
1181 | 1181 | ||
1182 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED | 1182 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED |
1183 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree | 1183 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree |
1184 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the | 1184 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the |
1185 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file | 1185 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file |
1186 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through | 1186 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through |
1187 | the global data structure as gd->blob. | 1187 | the global data structure as gd->blob. |
1188 | 1188 | ||
1189 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE | 1189 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE |
1190 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree | 1190 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree |
1191 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific | 1191 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific |
1192 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: | 1192 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: |
1193 | 1193 | ||
1194 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin | 1194 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin |
1195 | 1195 | ||
1196 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called | 1196 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called |
1197 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can | 1197 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can |
1198 | still use the individual files if you need something more | 1198 | still use the individual files if you need something more |
1199 | exotic. | 1199 | exotic. |
1200 | 1200 | ||
1201 | - Watchdog: | 1201 | - Watchdog: |
1202 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG | 1202 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG |
1203 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog | 1203 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog |
1204 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC | 1204 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC |
1205 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 | 1205 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 |
1206 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR | 1206 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR |
1207 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is | 1207 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is |
1208 | available, then no further board specific code should | 1208 | available, then no further board specific code should |
1209 | be needed to use it. | 1209 | be needed to use it. |
1210 | 1210 | ||
1211 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG | 1211 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG |
1212 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used | 1212 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used |
1213 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board | 1213 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board |
1214 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. | 1214 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. |
1215 | 1215 | ||
1216 | CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT | 1216 | CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT |
1217 | specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds. | 1217 | specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds. |
1218 | 1218 | ||
1219 | - U-Boot Version: | 1219 | - U-Boot Version: |
1220 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE | 1220 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE |
1221 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable | 1221 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable |
1222 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot | 1222 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot |
1223 | version as printed by the "version" command. | 1223 | version as printed by the "version" command. |
1224 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the | 1224 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the |
1225 | next reset. | 1225 | next reset. |
1226 | 1226 | ||
1227 | - Real-Time Clock: | 1227 | - Real-Time Clock: |
1228 | 1228 | ||
1229 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC | 1229 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC |
1230 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the | 1230 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the |
1231 | following options: | 1231 | following options: |
1232 | 1232 | ||
1233 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx | 1233 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx |
1234 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC | 1234 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC |
1235 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC | 1235 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC |
1236 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC | 1236 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC |
1237 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC | 1237 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC |
1238 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC | 1238 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC |
1239 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC | 1239 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC |
1240 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC | 1240 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC |
1241 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC | 1241 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC |
1242 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC | 1242 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC |
1243 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC | 1243 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC |
1244 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 | 1244 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 |
1245 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on | 1245 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on |
1246 | RV3029 RTC. | 1246 | RV3029 RTC. |
1247 | 1247 | ||
1248 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1248 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1249 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1249 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1250 | 1250 | ||
1251 | - GPIO Support: | 1251 | - GPIO Support: |
1252 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO | 1252 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO |
1253 | 1253 | ||
1254 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of | 1254 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of |
1255 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of | 1255 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of |
1256 | pins supported by a particular chip. | 1256 | pins supported by a particular chip. |
1257 | 1257 | ||
1258 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1258 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1259 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1259 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1260 | 1260 | ||
1261 | - I/O tracing: | 1261 | - I/O tracing: |
1262 | When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O | 1262 | When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O |
1263 | accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out | 1263 | accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out |
1264 | to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is | 1264 | to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is |
1265 | useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that | 1265 | useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that |
1266 | the driver behaves the same way before and after a code | 1266 | the driver behaves the same way before and after a code |
1267 | change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To | 1267 | change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To |
1268 | add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' | 1268 | add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' |
1269 | to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. | 1269 | to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. |
1270 | 1270 | ||
1271 | Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. | 1271 | Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. |
1272 | Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will | 1272 | Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will |
1273 | still continue to operate. | 1273 | still continue to operate. |
1274 | 1274 | ||
1275 | iotrace is enabled | 1275 | iotrace is enabled |
1276 | Start: 10000000 (buffer start address) | 1276 | Start: 10000000 (buffer start address) |
1277 | Size: 00010000 (buffer size) | 1277 | Size: 00010000 (buffer size) |
1278 | Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset) | 1278 | Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset) |
1279 | Output: 10000120 (start + offset) | 1279 | Output: 10000120 (start + offset) |
1280 | Count: 00000018 (number of trace records) | 1280 | Count: 00000018 (number of trace records) |
1281 | CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records) | 1281 | CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records) |
1282 | 1282 | ||
1283 | - Timestamp Support: | 1283 | - Timestamp Support: |
1284 | 1284 | ||
1285 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp | 1285 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp |
1286 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image | 1286 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image |
1287 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is | 1287 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is |
1288 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . | 1288 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . |
1289 | 1289 | ||
1290 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: | 1290 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: |
1291 | Zero or more of the following: | 1291 | Zero or more of the following: |
1292 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. | 1292 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. |
1293 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the | 1293 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the |
1294 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. | 1294 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. |
1295 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. | 1295 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. |
1296 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the | 1296 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the |
1297 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see | 1297 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see |
1298 | disk/part_efi.c | 1298 | disk/part_efi.c |
1299 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. | 1299 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. |
1300 | 1300 | ||
1301 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or | 1301 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or |
1302 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at | 1302 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at |
1303 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. | 1303 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. |
1304 | 1304 | ||
1305 | - IDE Reset method: | 1305 | - IDE Reset method: |
1306 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several | 1306 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several |
1307 | board configurations files but used nowhere! | 1307 | board configurations files but used nowhere! |
1308 | 1308 | ||
1309 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will | 1309 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will |
1310 | be performed by calling the function | 1310 | be performed by calling the function |
1311 | ide_set_reset(int reset) | 1311 | ide_set_reset(int reset) |
1312 | which has to be defined in a board specific file | 1312 | which has to be defined in a board specific file |
1313 | 1313 | ||
1314 | - ATAPI Support: | 1314 | - ATAPI Support: |
1315 | CONFIG_ATAPI | 1315 | CONFIG_ATAPI |
1316 | 1316 | ||
1317 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. | 1317 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. |
1318 | 1318 | ||
1319 | - LBA48 Support | 1319 | - LBA48 Support |
1320 | CONFIG_LBA48 | 1320 | CONFIG_LBA48 |
1321 | 1321 | ||
1322 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB | 1322 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB |
1323 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. | 1323 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. |
1324 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' | 1324 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' |
1325 | support disks up to 2.1TB. | 1325 | support disks up to 2.1TB. |
1326 | 1326 | ||
1327 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: | 1327 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: |
1328 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. | 1328 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. |
1329 | Default is 32bit. | 1329 | Default is 32bit. |
1330 | 1330 | ||
1331 | - SCSI Support: | 1331 | - SCSI Support: |
1332 | At the moment only there is only support for the | 1332 | At the moment only there is only support for the |
1333 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define | 1333 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define |
1334 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. | 1334 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. |
1335 | 1335 | ||
1336 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and | 1336 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and |
1337 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * | 1337 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * |
1338 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the | 1338 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the |
1339 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target | 1339 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target |
1340 | devices. | 1340 | devices. |
1341 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) | 1341 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) |
1342 | 1342 | ||
1343 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of | 1343 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of |
1344 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. | 1344 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. |
1345 | 1345 | ||
1346 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): | 1346 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): |
1347 | CONFIG_E1000 | 1347 | CONFIG_E1000 |
1348 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. | 1348 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. |
1349 | 1349 | ||
1350 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI | 1350 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI |
1351 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. | 1351 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. |
1352 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one | 1352 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one |
1353 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. | 1353 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. |
1354 | 1354 | ||
1355 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC | 1355 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC |
1356 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for | 1356 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for |
1357 | example with the "sspi" command. | 1357 | example with the "sspi" command. |
1358 | 1358 | ||
1359 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 | 1359 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 |
1360 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices | 1360 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices |
1361 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. | 1361 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. |
1362 | 1362 | ||
1363 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 | 1363 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 |
1364 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. | 1364 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. |
1365 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM | 1365 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM |
1366 | write routine for first time initialisation. | 1366 | write routine for first time initialisation. |
1367 | 1367 | ||
1368 | CONFIG_TULIP | 1368 | CONFIG_TULIP |
1369 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. | 1369 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. |
1370 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific | 1370 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific |
1371 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). | 1371 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). |
1372 | 1372 | ||
1373 | CONFIG_NATSEMI | 1373 | CONFIG_NATSEMI |
1374 | Support for National dp83815 chips. | 1374 | Support for National dp83815 chips. |
1375 | 1375 | ||
1376 | CONFIG_NS8382X | 1376 | CONFIG_NS8382X |
1377 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. | 1377 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. |
1378 | 1378 | ||
1379 | - NETWORK Support (other): | 1379 | - NETWORK Support (other): |
1380 | 1380 | ||
1381 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC | 1381 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC |
1382 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. | 1382 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. |
1383 | 1383 | ||
1384 | CONFIG_RMII | 1384 | CONFIG_RMII |
1385 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface | 1385 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface |
1386 | 1386 | ||
1387 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET | 1387 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET |
1388 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. | 1388 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. |
1389 | The driver doen't show link status messages. | 1389 | The driver doen't show link status messages. |
1390 | 1390 | ||
1391 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC | 1391 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC |
1392 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device | 1392 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device |
1393 | 1393 | ||
1394 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 | 1394 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 |
1395 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. | 1395 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. |
1396 | 1396 | ||
1397 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE | 1397 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE |
1398 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1398 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1399 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space | 1399 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space |
1400 | 1400 | ||
1401 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT | 1401 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT |
1402 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing | 1402 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing |
1403 | 1403 | ||
1404 | CONFIG_SMC91111 | 1404 | CONFIG_SMC91111 |
1405 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip | 1405 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip |
1406 | 1406 | ||
1407 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE | 1407 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE |
1408 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1408 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1409 | of the device (I/O space) | 1409 | of the device (I/O space) |
1410 | 1410 | ||
1411 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT | 1411 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT |
1412 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1412 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1413 | 1413 | ||
1414 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS | 1414 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS |
1415 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros | 1415 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros |
1416 | (some hardware wont work with macros) | 1416 | (some hardware wont work with macros) |
1417 | 1417 | ||
1418 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC | 1418 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC |
1419 | Support for davinci emac | 1419 | Support for davinci emac |
1420 | 1420 | ||
1421 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT | 1421 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT |
1422 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. | 1422 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. |
1423 | 1423 | ||
1424 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 | 1424 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 |
1425 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet | 1425 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet |
1426 | 1426 | ||
1427 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA | 1427 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA |
1428 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. | 1428 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. |
1429 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. | 1429 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. |
1430 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur | 1430 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur |
1431 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or | 1431 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or |
1432 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit | 1432 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit |
1433 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the | 1433 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the |
1434 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. | 1434 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. |
1435 | 1435 | ||
1436 | CONFIG_SMC911X | 1436 | CONFIG_SMC911X |
1437 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips | 1437 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips |
1438 | 1438 | ||
1439 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE | 1439 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE |
1440 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1440 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1441 | of the device (I/O space) | 1441 | of the device (I/O space) |
1442 | 1442 | ||
1443 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT | 1443 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT |
1444 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1444 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1445 | 1445 | ||
1446 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT | 1446 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT |
1447 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor | 1447 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor |
1448 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit | 1448 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit |
1449 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. | 1449 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. |
1450 | 1450 | ||
1451 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER | 1451 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER |
1452 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller | 1452 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller |
1453 | 1453 | ||
1454 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT | 1454 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT |
1455 | Define the number of ports to be used | 1455 | Define the number of ports to be used |
1456 | 1456 | ||
1457 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR | 1457 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR |
1458 | Define the ETH PHY's address | 1458 | Define the ETH PHY's address |
1459 | 1459 | ||
1460 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK | 1460 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK |
1461 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. | 1461 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. |
1462 | 1462 | ||
1463 | - PWM Support: | 1463 | - PWM Support: |
1464 | CONFIG_PWM_IMX | 1464 | CONFIG_PWM_IMX |
1465 | Support for PWM modul on the imx6. | 1465 | Support for PWM modul on the imx6. |
1466 | 1466 | ||
1467 | - TPM Support: | 1467 | - TPM Support: |
1468 | CONFIG_TPM | 1468 | CONFIG_TPM |
1469 | Support TPM devices. | 1469 | Support TPM devices. |
1470 | 1470 | ||
1471 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON | 1471 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON |
1472 | Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device | 1472 | Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device |
1473 | per system is supported at this time. | 1473 | per system is supported at this time. |
1474 | 1474 | ||
1475 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION | 1475 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION |
1476 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit | 1476 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit |
1477 | 1477 | ||
1478 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI | 1478 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI |
1479 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. | 1479 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. |
1480 | 1480 | ||
1481 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC | 1481 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC |
1482 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device | 1482 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device |
1483 | per system is supported at this time. | 1483 | per system is supported at this time. |
1484 | 1484 | ||
1485 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS | 1485 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS |
1486 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped | 1486 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped |
1487 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at | 1487 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at |
1488 | 0xfed40000. | 1488 | 0xfed40000. |
1489 | 1489 | ||
1490 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM | 1490 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM |
1491 | Add tpm monitor functions. | 1491 | Add tpm monitor functions. |
1492 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also | 1492 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also |
1493 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. | 1493 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. |
1494 | 1494 | ||
1495 | CONFIG_TPM | 1495 | CONFIG_TPM |
1496 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides | 1496 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides |
1497 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. | 1497 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. |
1498 | Requires support for a TPM device. | 1498 | Requires support for a TPM device. |
1499 | 1499 | ||
1500 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS | 1500 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS |
1501 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. | 1501 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. |
1502 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. | 1502 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. |
1503 | 1503 | ||
1504 | - USB Support: | 1504 | - USB Support: |
1505 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is | 1505 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is |
1506 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define | 1506 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define |
1507 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. | 1507 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. |
1508 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard | 1508 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard |
1509 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB | 1509 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB |
1510 | storage devices. | 1510 | storage devices. |
1511 | Note: | 1511 | Note: |
1512 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives | 1512 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives |
1513 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). | 1513 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). |
1514 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: | 1514 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: |
1515 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK | 1515 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK |
1516 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb | 1516 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb |
1517 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB | 1517 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB |
1518 | for USB on PSC3 | 1518 | for USB on PSC3 |
1519 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG | 1519 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG |
1520 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 | 1520 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 |
1521 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 | 1521 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 |
1522 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 | 1522 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 |
1523 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 | 1523 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 |
1524 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL | 1524 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL |
1525 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling | 1525 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling |
1526 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts | 1526 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts |
1527 | 1527 | ||
1528 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the | 1528 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the |
1529 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. | 1529 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. |
1530 | 1530 | ||
1531 | CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2 | 1531 | CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2 |
1532 | HW module registers. | 1532 | HW module registers. |
1533 | 1533 | ||
1534 | - USB Device: | 1534 | - USB Device: |
1535 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. | 1535 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. |
1536 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the | 1536 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the |
1537 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and | 1537 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and |
1538 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print | 1538 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print |
1539 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty | 1539 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty |
1540 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to | 1540 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to |
1541 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a | 1541 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a |
1542 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. | 1542 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. |
1543 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate | 1543 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate |
1544 | a Linux host by | 1544 | a Linux host by |
1545 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID | 1545 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID |
1546 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment | 1546 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment |
1547 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following | 1547 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following |
1548 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h | 1548 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h |
1549 | 1549 | ||
1550 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE | 1550 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE |
1551 | Define this to build a UDC device | 1551 | Define this to build a UDC device |
1552 | 1552 | ||
1553 | CONFIG_USB_TTY | 1553 | CONFIG_USB_TTY |
1554 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to | 1554 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to |
1555 | talk to the UDC device | 1555 | talk to the UDC device |
1556 | 1556 | ||
1557 | CONFIG_USBD_HS | 1557 | CONFIG_USBD_HS |
1558 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb | 1558 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb |
1559 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine | 1559 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine |
1560 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) | 1560 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) |
1561 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll | 1561 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll |
1562 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full | 1562 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full |
1563 | speed. | 1563 | speed. |
1564 | 1564 | ||
1565 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 1565 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
1566 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to | 1566 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to |
1567 | be set to usbtty. | 1567 | be set to usbtty. |
1568 | 1568 | ||
1569 | mpc8xx: | 1569 | mpc8xx: |
1570 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH | 1570 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH |
1571 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" | 1571 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" |
1572 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 | 1572 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 |
1573 | 1573 | ||
1574 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH | 1574 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH |
1575 | Derive USB clock from brgclk | 1575 | Derive USB clock from brgclk |
1576 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 | 1576 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 |
1577 | 1577 | ||
1578 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to | 1578 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to |
1579 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h | 1579 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h |
1580 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define | 1580 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define |
1581 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, | 1581 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, |
1582 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot | 1582 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot |
1583 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. | 1583 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. |
1584 | 1584 | ||
1585 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER | 1585 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER |
1586 | Define this string as the name of your company for | 1586 | Define this string as the name of your company for |
1587 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" | 1587 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" |
1588 | 1588 | ||
1589 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME | 1589 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME |
1590 | Define this string as the name of your product | 1590 | Define this string as the name of your product |
1591 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" | 1591 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" |
1592 | 1592 | ||
1593 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID | 1593 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID |
1594 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB | 1594 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB |
1595 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID | 1595 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID |
1596 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. | 1596 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. |
1597 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF | 1597 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF |
1598 | 1598 | ||
1599 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID | 1599 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID |
1600 | Define this as the unique Product ID | 1600 | Define this as the unique Product ID |
1601 | for your device | 1601 | for your device |
1602 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF | 1602 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF |
1603 | 1603 | ||
1604 | - ULPI Layer Support: | 1604 | - ULPI Layer Support: |
1605 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via | 1605 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via |
1606 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY | 1606 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY |
1607 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and | 1607 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and |
1608 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based | 1608 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based |
1609 | viewport is supported. | 1609 | viewport is supported. |
1610 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and | 1610 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and |
1611 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. | 1611 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. |
1612 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the | 1612 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the |
1613 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to | 1613 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to |
1614 | the appropriate value in Hz. | 1614 | the appropriate value in Hz. |
1615 | 1615 | ||
1616 | - MMC Support: | 1616 | - MMC Support: |
1617 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To | 1617 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To |
1618 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be | 1618 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be |
1619 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device | 1619 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device |
1620 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is | 1620 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is |
1621 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with | 1621 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with |
1622 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. | 1622 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. |
1623 | 1623 | ||
1624 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF | 1624 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF |
1625 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller | 1625 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller |
1626 | 1626 | ||
1627 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR | 1627 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR |
1628 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers | 1628 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers |
1629 | 1629 | ||
1630 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK | 1630 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK |
1631 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF | 1631 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF |
1632 | 1632 | ||
1633 | CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC | 1633 | CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC |
1634 | Enable the generic MMC driver | 1634 | Enable the generic MMC driver |
1635 | 1635 | ||
1636 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT | 1636 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT |
1637 | Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. | 1637 | Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. |
1638 | 1638 | ||
1639 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB | 1639 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB |
1640 | Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the | 1640 | Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the |
1641 | key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. | 1641 | key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. |
1642 | 1642 | ||
1643 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: | 1643 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: |
1644 | CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU | 1644 | CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU |
1645 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class | 1645 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class |
1646 | 1646 | ||
1647 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU | 1647 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU |
1648 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have | 1648 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have |
1649 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command | 1649 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command |
1650 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be | 1650 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be |
1651 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. | 1651 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. |
1652 | 1652 | ||
1653 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC | 1653 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC |
1654 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. | 1654 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. |
1655 | 1655 | ||
1656 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND | 1656 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND |
1657 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. | 1657 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. |
1658 | 1658 | ||
1659 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM | 1659 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM |
1660 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. | 1660 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. |
1661 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but | 1661 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but |
1662 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, | 1662 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, |
1663 | one that would help mostly the developer. | 1663 | one that would help mostly the developer. |
1664 | 1664 | ||
1665 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE | 1665 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE |
1666 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the | 1666 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the |
1667 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer | 1667 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer |
1668 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable | 1668 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable |
1669 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. | 1669 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. |
1670 | 1670 | ||
1671 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE | 1671 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE |
1672 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, | 1672 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, |
1673 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write | 1673 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write |
1674 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define | 1674 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define |
1675 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. | 1675 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. |
1676 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. | 1676 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. |
1677 | 1677 | ||
1678 | DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT | 1678 | DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT |
1679 | Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the | 1679 | Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the |
1680 | host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending | 1680 | host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending |
1681 | a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. | 1681 | a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. |
1682 | 1682 | ||
1683 | DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT | 1683 | DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT |
1684 | Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when | 1684 | Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when |
1685 | entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before | 1685 | entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before |
1686 | sending again an USB request to the device. | 1686 | sending again an USB request to the device. |
1687 | 1687 | ||
1688 | - USB Device Android Fastboot support: | 1688 | - USB Device Android Fastboot support: |
1689 | CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT | 1689 | CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT |
1690 | This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget | 1690 | This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget |
1691 | 1691 | ||
1692 | CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT | 1692 | CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT |
1693 | This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android | 1693 | This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android |
1694 | fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB | 1694 | fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB |
1695 | protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control | 1695 | protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control |
1696 | used on Android devices. | 1696 | used on Android devices. |
1697 | See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. | 1697 | See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. |
1698 | 1698 | ||
1699 | CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE | 1699 | CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE |
1700 | This enables support for booting images which use the Android | 1700 | This enables support for booting images which use the Android |
1701 | image format header. | 1701 | image format header. |
1702 | 1702 | ||
1703 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR | 1703 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR |
1704 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for | 1704 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for |
1705 | downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for | 1705 | downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for |
1706 | downloaded images. | 1706 | downloaded images. |
1707 | 1707 | ||
1708 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE | 1708 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE |
1709 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for | 1709 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for |
1710 | downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a | 1710 | downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a |
1711 | platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. | 1711 | platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. |
1712 | 1712 | ||
1713 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH | 1713 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH |
1714 | The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing | 1714 | The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing |
1715 | the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define | 1715 | the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define |
1716 | this to enable the "fastboot flash" command. | 1716 | this to enable the "fastboot flash" command. |
1717 | 1717 | ||
1718 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV | 1718 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV |
1719 | The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information | 1719 | The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information |
1720 | regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to | 1720 | regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to |
1721 | the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image. | 1721 | the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image. |
1722 | 1722 | ||
1723 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME | 1723 | CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME |
1724 | The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded | 1724 | The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded |
1725 | image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition | 1725 | image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition |
1726 | Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed | 1726 | Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed |
1727 | to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.) | 1727 | to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.) |
1728 | This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the | 1728 | This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the |
1729 | "fastboot flash" command line matches this value. | 1729 | "fastboot flash" command line matches this value. |
1730 | Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined. | 1730 | Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined. |
1731 | 1731 | ||
1732 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: | 1732 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: |
1733 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, | 1733 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, |
1734 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV | 1734 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV |
1735 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device | 1735 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device |
1736 | 1736 | ||
1737 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, | 1737 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, |
1738 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS | 1738 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS |
1739 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device | 1739 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device |
1740 | 1740 | ||
1741 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART | 1741 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART |
1742 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a | 1742 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a |
1743 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) | 1743 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) |
1744 | 1744 | ||
1745 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to | 1745 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to |
1746 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 | 1746 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 |
1747 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you | 1747 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you |
1748 | have not defined a custom partition | 1748 | have not defined a custom partition |
1749 | 1749 | ||
1750 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: | 1750 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: |
1751 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE | 1751 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE |
1752 | 1752 | ||
1753 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a | 1753 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a |
1754 | file in FAT formatted partition. | 1754 | file in FAT formatted partition. |
1755 | 1755 | ||
1756 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the | 1756 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the |
1757 | user to write files to FAT. | 1757 | user to write files to FAT. |
1758 | 1758 | ||
1759 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support | 1759 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support |
1760 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS | 1760 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS |
1761 | 1761 | ||
1762 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot | 1762 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot |
1763 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls | 1763 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls |
1764 | and cbfsload. | 1764 | and cbfsload. |
1765 | 1765 | ||
1766 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: | 1766 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: |
1767 | CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE | 1767 | CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE |
1768 | 1768 | ||
1769 | Define the max cluster size for fat operations else | 1769 | Define the max cluster size for fat operations else |
1770 | a default value of 65536 will be defined. | 1770 | a default value of 65536 will be defined. |
1771 | 1771 | ||
1772 | - Keyboard Support: | 1772 | - Keyboard Support: |
1773 | See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers. | 1773 | See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers. |
1774 | 1774 | ||
1775 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD | 1775 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD |
1776 | 1776 | ||
1777 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. | 1777 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. |
1778 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be | 1778 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be |
1779 | defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated | 1779 | defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated |
1780 | and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model | 1780 | and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model |
1781 | instead. | 1781 | instead. |
1782 | 1782 | ||
1783 | - Video support: | 1783 | - Video support: |
1784 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1784 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1785 | 1785 | ||
1786 | Define this to enable video support (for output to | 1786 | Define this to enable video support (for output to |
1787 | video). | 1787 | video). |
1788 | 1788 | ||
1789 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 | 1789 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 |
1790 | 1790 | ||
1791 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip | 1791 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip |
1792 | 1792 | ||
1793 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM | 1793 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM |
1794 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The | 1794 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The |
1795 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' | 1795 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' |
1796 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is | 1796 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is |
1797 | assumed. | 1797 | assumed. |
1798 | 1798 | ||
1799 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is | 1799 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is |
1800 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways | 1800 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways |
1801 | are possible: | 1801 | are possible: |
1802 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. | 1802 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. |
1803 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): | 1803 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): |
1804 | 1804 | ||
1805 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 | 1805 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 |
1806 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1806 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1807 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 | 1807 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 |
1808 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 | 1808 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 |
1809 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A | 1809 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A |
1810 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B | 1810 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B |
1811 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1811 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1812 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) | 1812 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) |
1813 | 1813 | ||
1814 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed | 1814 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed |
1815 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) | 1815 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) |
1816 | 1816 | ||
1817 | 1817 | ||
1818 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 | 1818 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 |
1819 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp | 1819 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp |
1820 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP | 1820 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP |
1821 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP | 1821 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP |
1822 | 1822 | ||
1823 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB | 1823 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB |
1824 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for | 1824 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for |
1825 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU | 1825 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU |
1826 | support, and should also define these other macros: | 1826 | support, and should also define these other macros: |
1827 | 1827 | ||
1828 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR | 1828 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR |
1829 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1829 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1830 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP | 1830 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP |
1831 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 1831 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
1832 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR | 1832 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR |
1833 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE | 1833 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE |
1834 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 1834 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
1835 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO | 1835 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO |
1836 | 1836 | ||
1837 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment | 1837 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment |
1838 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during | 1838 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during |
1839 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a | 1839 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a |
1840 | description of this variable. | 1840 | description of this variable. |
1841 | 1841 | ||
1842 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD | 1842 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD |
1843 | 1843 | ||
1844 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD | 1844 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD |
1845 | display); also select one of the supported displays | 1845 | display); also select one of the supported displays |
1846 | by defining one of these: | 1846 | by defining one of these: |
1847 | 1847 | ||
1848 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: | 1848 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: |
1849 | 1849 | ||
1850 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. | 1850 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. |
1851 | 1851 | ||
1852 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: | 1852 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: |
1853 | 1853 | ||
1854 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. | 1854 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. |
1855 | 1855 | ||
1856 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 | 1856 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 |
1857 | 1857 | ||
1858 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. | 1858 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. |
1859 | Active, color, single scan. | 1859 | Active, color, single scan. |
1860 | 1860 | ||
1861 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 | 1861 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 |
1862 | 1862 | ||
1863 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. | 1863 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. |
1864 | Active, color, single scan. | 1864 | Active, color, single scan. |
1865 | 1865 | ||
1866 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 | 1866 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 |
1867 | 1867 | ||
1868 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. | 1868 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. |
1869 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. | 1869 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. |
1870 | 1870 | ||
1871 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 | 1871 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 |
1872 | 1872 | ||
1873 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. | 1873 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. |
1874 | Active, color, single scan. | 1874 | Active, color, single scan. |
1875 | 1875 | ||
1876 | CONFIG_HLD1045 | 1876 | CONFIG_HLD1045 |
1877 | 1877 | ||
1878 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. | 1878 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. |
1879 | Active, color, single scan. | 1879 | Active, color, single scan. |
1880 | 1880 | ||
1881 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW | 1881 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW |
1882 | 1882 | ||
1883 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 | 1883 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 |
1884 | or | 1884 | or |
1885 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T | 1885 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T |
1886 | or | 1886 | or |
1887 | Hitachi SP14Q002 | 1887 | Hitachi SP14Q002 |
1888 | 1888 | ||
1889 | 320x240. Black & white. | 1889 | 320x240. Black & white. |
1890 | 1890 | ||
1891 | Normally display is black on white background; define | 1891 | Normally display is black on white background; define |
1892 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. | 1892 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. |
1893 | 1893 | ||
1894 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT | 1894 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT |
1895 | 1895 | ||
1896 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is | 1896 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is |
1897 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. | 1897 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. |
1898 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE | 1898 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE |
1899 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on | 1899 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on |
1900 | a per-section basis. | 1900 | a per-section basis. |
1901 | 1901 | ||
1902 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES | 1902 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES |
1903 | 1903 | ||
1904 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of | 1904 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of |
1905 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes | 1905 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes |
1906 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling | 1906 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling |
1907 | is slow. | 1907 | is slow. |
1908 | 1908 | ||
1909 | CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION | 1909 | CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION |
1910 | 1910 | ||
1911 | Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait | 1911 | Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait |
1912 | mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree, | 1912 | mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree, |
1913 | we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the | 1913 | we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the |
1914 | framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are | 1914 | framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are |
1915 | printed out. | 1915 | printed out. |
1916 | Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be | 1916 | Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be |
1917 | initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of | 1917 | initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of |
1918 | "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code. | 1918 | "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code. |
1919 | The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to | 1919 | The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to |
1920 | fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline): | 1920 | fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline): |
1921 | 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree | 1921 | 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree |
1922 | 1 = 90 degree rotation | 1922 | 1 = 90 degree rotation |
1923 | 2 = 180 degree rotation | 1923 | 2 = 180 degree rotation |
1924 | 3 = 270 degree rotation | 1924 | 3 = 270 degree rotation |
1925 | 1925 | ||
1926 | If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be | 1926 | If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be |
1927 | initialized with 0degree rotation. | 1927 | initialized with 0degree rotation. |
1928 | 1928 | ||
1929 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 | 1929 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 |
1930 | 1930 | ||
1931 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. | 1931 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. |
1932 | 1932 | ||
1933 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID | 1933 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID |
1934 | 1934 | ||
1935 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID | 1935 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID |
1936 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. | 1936 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. |
1937 | 1937 | ||
1938 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN | 1938 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN |
1939 | 1939 | ||
1940 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for | 1940 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for |
1941 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display | 1941 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display |
1942 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD | 1942 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD |
1943 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address | 1943 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address |
1944 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The | 1944 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The |
1945 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This | 1945 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This |
1946 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is | 1946 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is |
1947 | loaded very quickly after power-on. | 1947 | loaded very quickly after power-on. |
1948 | 1948 | ||
1949 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD | 1949 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD |
1950 | 1950 | ||
1951 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment | 1951 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment |
1952 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address | 1952 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address |
1953 | (see README.displaying-bmps). | 1953 | (see README.displaying-bmps). |
1954 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment | 1954 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment |
1955 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data | 1955 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data |
1956 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned | 1956 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned |
1957 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) | 1957 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) |
1958 | there is no need to set this option. | 1958 | there is no need to set this option. |
1959 | 1959 | ||
1960 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN | 1960 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN |
1961 | 1961 | ||
1962 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned | 1962 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned |
1963 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the | 1963 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the |
1964 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as | 1964 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as |
1965 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it | 1965 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it |
1966 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also | 1966 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also |
1967 | specify 'm' for centering the image. | 1967 | specify 'm' for centering the image. |
1968 | 1968 | ||
1969 | Example: | 1969 | Example: |
1970 | setenv splashpos m,m | 1970 | setenv splashpos m,m |
1971 | => image at center of screen | 1971 | => image at center of screen |
1972 | 1972 | ||
1973 | setenv splashpos 30,20 | 1973 | setenv splashpos 30,20 |
1974 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 | 1974 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 |
1975 | 1975 | ||
1976 | setenv splashpos -10,m | 1976 | setenv splashpos -10,m |
1977 | => vertically centered image | 1977 | => vertically centered image |
1978 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 | 1978 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 |
1979 | 1979 | ||
1980 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP | 1980 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP |
1981 | 1981 | ||
1982 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP | 1982 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP |
1983 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the | 1983 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the |
1984 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. | 1984 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. |
1985 | 1985 | ||
1986 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 | 1986 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 |
1987 | 1987 | ||
1988 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images | 1988 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images |
1989 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the | 1989 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the |
1990 | bmp command. | 1990 | bmp command. |
1991 | 1991 | ||
1992 | - Do compressing for memory range: | 1992 | - Do compressing for memory range: |
1993 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP | 1993 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP |
1994 | 1994 | ||
1995 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method | 1995 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method |
1996 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. | 1996 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. |
1997 | 1997 | ||
1998 | - Compression support: | 1998 | - Compression support: |
1999 | CONFIG_GZIP | 1999 | CONFIG_GZIP |
2000 | 2000 | ||
2001 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. | 2001 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. |
2002 | 2002 | ||
2003 | CONFIG_BZIP2 | 2003 | CONFIG_BZIP2 |
2004 | 2004 | ||
2005 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed | 2005 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed |
2006 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip | 2006 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip |
2007 | compressed images are supported. | 2007 | compressed images are supported. |
2008 | 2008 | ||
2009 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so | 2009 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so |
2010 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should | 2010 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should |
2011 | be at least 4MB. | 2011 | be at least 4MB. |
2012 | 2012 | ||
2013 | CONFIG_LZMA | 2013 | CONFIG_LZMA |
2014 | 2014 | ||
2015 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed | 2015 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed |
2016 | images is included. | 2016 | images is included. |
2017 | 2017 | ||
2018 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it | 2018 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it |
2019 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the | 2019 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the |
2020 | formula: | 2020 | formula: |
2021 | 2021 | ||
2022 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) | 2022 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) |
2023 | 2023 | ||
2024 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits | 2024 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits |
2025 | and Literal pos bits. | 2025 | and Literal pos bits. |
2026 | 2026 | ||
2027 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, | 2027 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, |
2028 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a | 2028 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a |
2029 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is | 2029 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is |
2030 | a very small buffer. | 2030 | a very small buffer. |
2031 | 2031 | ||
2032 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and | 2032 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and |
2033 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring | 2033 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring |
2034 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). | 2034 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). |
2035 | 2035 | ||
2036 | CONFIG_LZO | 2036 | CONFIG_LZO |
2037 | 2037 | ||
2038 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images | 2038 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images |
2039 | is included. | 2039 | is included. |
2040 | 2040 | ||
2041 | - MII/PHY support: | 2041 | - MII/PHY support: |
2042 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR | 2042 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR |
2043 | 2043 | ||
2044 | The address of PHY on MII bus. | 2044 | The address of PHY on MII bus. |
2045 | 2045 | ||
2046 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) | 2046 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) |
2047 | 2047 | ||
2048 | The clock frequency of the MII bus | 2048 | The clock frequency of the MII bus |
2049 | 2049 | ||
2050 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE | 2050 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE |
2051 | 2051 | ||
2052 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex | 2052 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex |
2053 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. | 2053 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. |
2054 | 2054 | ||
2055 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY | 2055 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY |
2056 | 2056 | ||
2057 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 2057 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
2058 | reset before any MII register access is possible. | 2058 | reset before any MII register access is possible. |
2059 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay | 2059 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay |
2060 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) | 2060 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) |
2061 | 2061 | ||
2062 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) | 2062 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) |
2063 | 2063 | ||
2064 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 2064 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
2065 | command issued before MII status register can be read | 2065 | command issued before MII status register can be read |
2066 | 2066 | ||
2067 | - IP address: | 2067 | - IP address: |
2068 | CONFIG_IPADDR | 2068 | CONFIG_IPADDR |
2069 | 2069 | ||
2070 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for | 2070 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for |
2071 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not | 2071 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not |
2072 | determined through e.g. bootp. | 2072 | determined through e.g. bootp. |
2073 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") | 2073 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") |
2074 | 2074 | ||
2075 | - Server IP address: | 2075 | - Server IP address: |
2076 | CONFIG_SERVERIP | 2076 | CONFIG_SERVERIP |
2077 | 2077 | ||
2078 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP | 2078 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP |
2079 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. | 2079 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. |
2080 | (Environment variable "serverip") | 2080 | (Environment variable "serverip") |
2081 | 2081 | ||
2082 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR | 2082 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR |
2083 | 2083 | ||
2084 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' | 2084 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' |
2085 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) | 2085 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) |
2086 | 2086 | ||
2087 | - Gateway IP address: | 2087 | - Gateway IP address: |
2088 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP | 2088 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP |
2089 | 2089 | ||
2090 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the | 2090 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the |
2091 | default router where packets to other networks are | 2091 | default router where packets to other networks are |
2092 | sent to. | 2092 | sent to. |
2093 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") | 2093 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") |
2094 | 2094 | ||
2095 | - Subnet mask: | 2095 | - Subnet mask: |
2096 | CONFIG_NETMASK | 2096 | CONFIG_NETMASK |
2097 | 2097 | ||
2098 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or | 2098 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or |
2099 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP | 2099 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP |
2100 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be | 2100 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be |
2101 | forwarded through a router. | 2101 | forwarded through a router. |
2102 | (Environment variable "netmask") | 2102 | (Environment variable "netmask") |
2103 | 2103 | ||
2104 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: | 2104 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: |
2105 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP | 2105 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP |
2106 | 2106 | ||
2107 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per | 2107 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per |
2108 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets | 2108 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets |
2109 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet | 2109 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet |
2110 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a | 2110 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a |
2111 | multicast group. | 2111 | multicast group. |
2112 | 2112 | ||
2113 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: | 2113 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: |
2114 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY | 2114 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY |
2115 | 2115 | ||
2116 | If you have many targets in a network that try to | 2116 | If you have many targets in a network that try to |
2117 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all | 2117 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all |
2118 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same | 2118 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same |
2119 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery | 2119 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery |
2120 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to | 2120 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to |
2121 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining | 2121 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining |
2122 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be | 2122 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be |
2123 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The | 2123 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The |
2124 | following delays are inserted then: | 2124 | following delays are inserted then: |
2125 | 2125 | ||
2126 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec | 2126 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec |
2127 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec | 2127 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec |
2128 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec | 2128 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec |
2129 | 4th and following | 2129 | 4th and following |
2130 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec | 2130 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec |
2131 | 2131 | ||
2132 | CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE | 2132 | CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE |
2133 | 2133 | ||
2134 | BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The | 2134 | BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The |
2135 | server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and | 2135 | server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and |
2136 | U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of | 2136 | U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of |
2137 | an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses | 2137 | an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses |
2138 | aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP | 2138 | aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP |
2139 | ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to | 2139 | ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to |
2140 | respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it | 2140 | respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it |
2141 | takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that | 2141 | takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that |
2142 | time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order | 2142 | time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order |
2143 | to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these | 2143 | to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these |
2144 | retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of | 2144 | retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of |
2145 | IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this | 2145 | IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this |
2146 | cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding | 2146 | cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding |
2147 | requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers | 2147 | requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers |
2148 | from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency. | 2148 | from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency. |
2149 | 2149 | ||
2150 | - DHCP Advanced Options: | 2150 | - DHCP Advanced Options: |
2151 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining | 2151 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining |
2152 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: | 2152 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: |
2153 | 2153 | ||
2154 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK | 2154 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK |
2155 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY | 2155 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY |
2156 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME | 2156 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME |
2157 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN | 2157 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN |
2158 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH | 2158 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH |
2159 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE | 2159 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE |
2160 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 2160 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
2161 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 | 2161 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 |
2162 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME | 2162 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME |
2163 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER | 2163 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER |
2164 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET | 2164 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET |
2165 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX | 2165 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX |
2166 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL | 2166 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL |
2167 | 2167 | ||
2168 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip | 2168 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip |
2169 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. | 2169 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. |
2170 | 2170 | ||
2171 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found | 2171 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found |
2172 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail | 2172 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail |
2173 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over | 2173 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over |
2174 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server | 2174 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server |
2175 | is not available. | 2175 | is not available. |
2176 | 2176 | ||
2177 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS | 2177 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS |
2178 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more | 2178 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more |
2179 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. | 2179 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. |
2180 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS | 2180 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS |
2181 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment | 2181 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment |
2182 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always | 2182 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always |
2183 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 2183 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
2184 | is defined. | 2184 | is defined. |
2185 | 2185 | ||
2186 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable | 2186 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable |
2187 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they | 2187 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they |
2188 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. | 2188 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. |
2189 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content | 2189 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content |
2190 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as | 2190 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as |
2191 | option 12 to the DHCP server. | 2191 | option 12 to the DHCP server. |
2192 | 2192 | ||
2193 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY | 2193 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY |
2194 | 2194 | ||
2195 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between | 2195 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between |
2196 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". | 2196 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". |
2197 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't | 2197 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't |
2198 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an | 2198 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an |
2199 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed | 2199 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed |
2200 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 | 2200 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 |
2201 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at | 2201 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at |
2202 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope | 2202 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope |
2203 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that | 2203 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that |
2204 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than | 2204 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than |
2205 | this delay. | 2205 | this delay. |
2206 | 2206 | ||
2207 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: | 2207 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: |
2208 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network | 2208 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network |
2209 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. | 2209 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. |
2210 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed | 2210 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed |
2211 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. | 2211 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. |
2212 | 2212 | ||
2213 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. | 2213 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. |
2214 | 2214 | ||
2215 | - CDP Options: | 2215 | - CDP Options: |
2216 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID | 2216 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID |
2217 | 2217 | ||
2218 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. | 2218 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. |
2219 | 2219 | ||
2220 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX | 2220 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX |
2221 | 2221 | ||
2222 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address | 2222 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address |
2223 | of the device. | 2223 | of the device. |
2224 | 2224 | ||
2225 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID | 2225 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID |
2226 | 2226 | ||
2227 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of | 2227 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of |
2228 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets | 2228 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets |
2229 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. | 2229 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. |
2230 | 2230 | ||
2231 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES | 2231 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES |
2232 | 2232 | ||
2233 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; | 2233 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; |
2234 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. | 2234 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. |
2235 | 2235 | ||
2236 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION | 2236 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION |
2237 | 2237 | ||
2238 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. | 2238 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. |
2239 | 2239 | ||
2240 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM | 2240 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM |
2241 | 2241 | ||
2242 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. | 2242 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. |
2243 | 2243 | ||
2244 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER | 2244 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER |
2245 | 2245 | ||
2246 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. | 2246 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. |
2247 | 2247 | ||
2248 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION | 2248 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
2249 | 2249 | ||
2250 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the | 2250 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the |
2251 | device in .1 of milliwatts. | 2251 | device in .1 of milliwatts. |
2252 | 2252 | ||
2253 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE | 2253 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE |
2254 | 2254 | ||
2255 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. | 2255 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. |
2256 | 2256 | ||
2257 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED | 2257 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED |
2258 | 2258 | ||
2259 | Several configurations allow to display the current | 2259 | Several configurations allow to display the current |
2260 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink | 2260 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink |
2261 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as | 2261 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as |
2262 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and | 2262 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and |
2263 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running | 2263 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running |
2264 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux | 2264 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux |
2265 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this | 2265 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this |
2266 | feature in U-Boot. | 2266 | feature in U-Boot. |
2267 | 2267 | ||
2268 | Additional options: | 2268 | Additional options: |
2269 | 2269 | ||
2270 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2270 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2271 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. | 2271 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. |
2272 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a | 2272 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a |
2273 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2273 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2274 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. | 2274 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. |
2275 | 2275 | ||
2276 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE | 2276 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE |
2277 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which | 2277 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which |
2278 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and | 2278 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and |
2279 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. | 2279 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. |
2280 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined | 2280 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined |
2281 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. | 2281 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. |
2282 | 2282 | ||
2283 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER | 2283 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER |
2284 | 2284 | ||
2285 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support | 2285 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support |
2286 | on those systems that support this (optional) | 2286 | on those systems that support this (optional) |
2287 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. | 2287 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. |
2288 | 2288 | ||
2289 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C | 2289 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C |
2290 | 2290 | ||
2291 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use | 2291 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use |
2292 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set | 2292 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set |
2293 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c | 2293 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c |
2294 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See | 2294 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See |
2295 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line | 2295 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line |
2296 | interface. | 2296 | interface. |
2297 | 2297 | ||
2298 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: | 2298 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: |
2299 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: | 2299 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: |
2300 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define | 2300 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define |
2301 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE | 2301 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE |
2302 | for defining speed and slave address | 2302 | for defining speed and slave address |
2303 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define | 2303 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define |
2304 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 | 2304 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 |
2305 | for defining speed and slave address | 2305 | for defining speed and slave address |
2306 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define | 2306 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define |
2307 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 | 2307 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 |
2308 | for defining speed and slave address | 2308 | for defining speed and slave address |
2309 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define | 2309 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define |
2310 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 | 2310 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 |
2311 | for defining speed and slave address | 2311 | for defining speed and slave address |
2312 | 2312 | ||
2313 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: | 2313 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: |
2314 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL | 2314 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL |
2315 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register | 2315 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register |
2316 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and | 2316 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and |
2317 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first | 2317 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first |
2318 | bus. | 2318 | bus. |
2319 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define | 2319 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define |
2320 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset | 2320 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset |
2321 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and | 2321 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and |
2322 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the | 2322 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the |
2323 | second bus. | 2323 | second bus. |
2324 | 2324 | ||
2325 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: | 2325 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: |
2326 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA | 2326 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA |
2327 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from | 2327 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from |
2328 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2328 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2329 | 2329 | ||
2330 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c | 2330 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c |
2331 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX | 2331 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX |
2332 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 | 2332 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 |
2333 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 | 2333 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 |
2334 | 2334 | ||
2335 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c | 2335 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c |
2336 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC | 2336 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC |
2337 | - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1 | 2337 | - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1 |
2338 | - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2 | 2338 | - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2 |
2339 | - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3 | 2339 | - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3 |
2340 | - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4 | 2340 | - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4 |
2341 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED | 2341 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED |
2342 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE | 2342 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE |
2343 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED | 2343 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED |
2344 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE | 2344 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE |
2345 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED | 2345 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED |
2346 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE | 2346 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE |
2347 | - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED | 2347 | - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED |
2348 | - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE | 2348 | - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE |
2349 | If those defines are not set, default value is 100000 | 2349 | If those defines are not set, default value is 100000 |
2350 | for speed, and 0 for slave. | 2350 | for speed, and 0 for slave. |
2351 | 2351 | ||
2352 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: | 2352 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: |
2353 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR | 2353 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR |
2354 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses | 2354 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses |
2355 | 2355 | ||
2356 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 | 2356 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 |
2357 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 | 2357 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 |
2358 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 | 2358 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 |
2359 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 | 2359 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 |
2360 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 | 2360 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 |
2361 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 | 2361 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 |
2362 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 | 2362 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 |
2363 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 | 2363 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 |
2364 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses | 2364 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses |
2365 | 2365 | ||
2366 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: | 2366 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: |
2367 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH | 2367 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH |
2368 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses | 2368 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses |
2369 | 2369 | ||
2370 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 | 2370 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 |
2371 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 | 2371 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 |
2372 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 | 2372 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 |
2373 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 | 2373 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 |
2374 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 | 2374 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 |
2375 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 | 2375 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 |
2376 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 | 2376 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 |
2377 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 | 2377 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 |
2378 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 | 2378 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 |
2379 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 | 2379 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 |
2380 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 | 2380 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 |
2381 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 | 2381 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 |
2382 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses | 2382 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses |
2383 | 2383 | ||
2384 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c | 2384 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c |
2385 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX | 2385 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX |
2386 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 | 2386 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 |
2387 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 | 2387 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 |
2388 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 | 2388 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 |
2389 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 | 2389 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 |
2390 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 | 2390 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 |
2391 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 | 2391 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 |
2392 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 | 2392 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 |
2393 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 | 2393 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 |
2394 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 | 2394 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 |
2395 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 | 2395 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 |
2396 | 2396 | ||
2397 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c | 2397 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c |
2398 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ | 2398 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ |
2399 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting | 2399 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting |
2400 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr | 2400 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr |
2401 | 2401 | ||
2402 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: | 2402 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: |
2403 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 | 2403 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 |
2404 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 | 2404 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 |
2405 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) | 2405 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) |
2406 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2406 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2407 | 2407 | ||
2408 | - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c | 2408 | - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c |
2409 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS | 2409 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS |
2410 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 | 2410 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 |
2411 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0 | 2411 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0 |
2412 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0 | 2412 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0 |
2413 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 | 2413 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 |
2414 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1 | 2414 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1 |
2415 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1 | 2415 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1 |
2416 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2 | 2416 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2 |
2417 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2 | 2417 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2 |
2418 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2 | 2418 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2 |
2419 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3 | 2419 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3 |
2420 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3 | 2420 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3 |
2421 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3 | 2421 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3 |
2422 | - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL | 2422 | - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL |
2423 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1 | 2423 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1 |
2424 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1 | 2424 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1 |
2425 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1 | 2425 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1 |
2426 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1 | 2426 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1 |
2427 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1 | 2427 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1 |
2428 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1 | 2428 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1 |
2429 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1 | 2429 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1 |
2430 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1 | 2430 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1 |
2431 | 2431 | ||
2432 | additional defines: | 2432 | additional defines: |
2433 | 2433 | ||
2434 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES | 2434 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES |
2435 | Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you | 2435 | Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you |
2436 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this | 2436 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this |
2437 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can | 2437 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can |
2438 | omit this define. | 2438 | omit this define. |
2439 | 2439 | ||
2440 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS | 2440 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS |
2441 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. | 2441 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. |
2442 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can | 2442 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can |
2443 | omit this define. | 2443 | omit this define. |
2444 | 2444 | ||
2445 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS | 2445 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS |
2446 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected | 2446 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected |
2447 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this | 2447 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this |
2448 | define. | 2448 | define. |
2449 | 2449 | ||
2450 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES | 2450 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES |
2451 | hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if | 2451 | hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if |
2452 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example | 2452 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example |
2453 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and | 2453 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and |
2454 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: | 2454 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: |
2455 | 2455 | ||
2456 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2456 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2457 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ | 2457 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ |
2458 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ | 2458 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ |
2459 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ | 2459 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ |
2460 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ | 2460 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ |
2461 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ | 2461 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ |
2462 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2462 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2463 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ | 2463 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ |
2464 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ | 2464 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ |
2465 | } | 2465 | } |
2466 | 2466 | ||
2467 | which defines | 2467 | which defines |
2468 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux | 2468 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux |
2469 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 | 2469 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 |
2470 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 | 2470 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 |
2471 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 | 2471 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 |
2472 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 | 2472 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 |
2473 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 | 2473 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 |
2474 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux | 2474 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux |
2475 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 | 2475 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 |
2476 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 | 2476 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 |
2477 | 2477 | ||
2478 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. | 2478 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. |
2479 | 2479 | ||
2480 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | 2480 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C |
2481 | 2481 | ||
2482 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which | 2482 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which |
2483 | provides the following compelling advantages: | 2483 | provides the following compelling advantages: |
2484 | 2484 | ||
2485 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable | 2485 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable |
2486 | - approved multibus support | 2486 | - approved multibus support |
2487 | - better i2c mux support | 2487 | - better i2c mux support |
2488 | 2488 | ||
2489 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** | 2489 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** |
2490 | 2490 | ||
2491 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining | 2491 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining |
2492 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver | 2492 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver |
2493 | for the selected CPU. | 2493 | for the selected CPU. |
2494 | 2494 | ||
2495 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot | 2495 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot |
2496 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in | 2496 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in |
2497 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime | 2497 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime |
2498 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the | 2498 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the |
2499 | command line interface. | 2499 | command line interface. |
2500 | 2500 | ||
2501 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. | 2501 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. |
2502 | 2502 | ||
2503 | There are several other quantities that must also be | 2503 | There are several other quantities that must also be |
2504 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2504 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2505 | 2505 | ||
2506 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED | 2506 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED |
2507 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus | 2507 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus |
2508 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie | 2508 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie |
2509 | the CPU's i2c node address). | 2509 | the CPU's i2c node address). |
2510 | 2510 | ||
2511 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx | 2511 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx |
2512 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node | 2512 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node |
2513 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, | 2513 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, |
2514 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set | 2514 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set |
2515 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. | 2515 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. |
2516 | 2516 | ||
2517 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX | 2517 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX |
2518 | 2518 | ||
2519 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2519 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2520 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2520 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2521 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start | 2521 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start |
2522 | commands until the slave device responds. | 2522 | commands until the slave device responds. |
2523 | 2523 | ||
2524 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2524 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2525 | 2525 | ||
2526 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) | 2526 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) |
2527 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are | 2527 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are |
2528 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): | 2528 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): |
2529 | 2529 | ||
2530 | I2C_INIT | 2530 | I2C_INIT |
2531 | 2531 | ||
2532 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C | 2532 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C |
2533 | controller or configure ports. | 2533 | controller or configure ports. |
2534 | 2534 | ||
2535 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) | 2535 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) |
2536 | 2536 | ||
2537 | I2C_PORT | 2537 | I2C_PORT |
2538 | 2538 | ||
2539 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code | 2539 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code |
2540 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values | 2540 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values |
2541 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. | 2541 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. |
2542 | 2542 | ||
2543 | I2C_ACTIVE | 2543 | I2C_ACTIVE |
2544 | 2544 | ||
2545 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active | 2545 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active |
2546 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this | 2546 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this |
2547 | define can be null. | 2547 | define can be null. |
2548 | 2548 | ||
2549 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) | 2549 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) |
2550 | 2550 | ||
2551 | I2C_TRISTATE | 2551 | I2C_TRISTATE |
2552 | 2552 | ||
2553 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated | 2553 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated |
2554 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this | 2554 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this |
2555 | define can be null. | 2555 | define can be null. |
2556 | 2556 | ||
2557 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) | 2557 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) |
2558 | 2558 | ||
2559 | I2C_READ | 2559 | I2C_READ |
2560 | 2560 | ||
2561 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, | 2561 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, |
2562 | false if it is low. | 2562 | false if it is low. |
2563 | 2563 | ||
2564 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) | 2564 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) |
2565 | 2565 | ||
2566 | I2C_SDA(bit) | 2566 | I2C_SDA(bit) |
2567 | 2567 | ||
2568 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it | 2568 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it |
2569 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2569 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2570 | 2570 | ||
2571 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ | 2571 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ |
2572 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ | 2572 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ |
2573 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA | 2573 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA |
2574 | 2574 | ||
2575 | I2C_SCL(bit) | 2575 | I2C_SCL(bit) |
2576 | 2576 | ||
2577 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it | 2577 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it |
2578 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2578 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2579 | 2579 | ||
2580 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ | 2580 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ |
2581 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ | 2581 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ |
2582 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL | 2582 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL |
2583 | 2583 | ||
2584 | I2C_DELAY | 2584 | I2C_DELAY |
2585 | 2585 | ||
2586 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this | 2586 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this |
2587 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus | 2587 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus |
2588 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something | 2588 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something |
2589 | like: | 2589 | like: |
2590 | 2590 | ||
2591 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) | 2591 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) |
2592 | 2592 | ||
2593 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA | 2593 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA |
2594 | 2594 | ||
2595 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), | 2595 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), |
2596 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be | 2596 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be |
2597 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will | 2597 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will |
2598 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. | 2598 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. |
2599 | 2599 | ||
2600 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to | 2600 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to |
2601 | the generic GPIO functions. | 2601 | the generic GPIO functions. |
2602 | 2602 | ||
2603 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD | 2603 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD |
2604 | 2604 | ||
2605 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2605 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2606 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2606 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2607 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access | 2607 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access |
2608 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the | 2608 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the |
2609 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin | 2609 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin |
2610 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a | 2610 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a |
2611 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c | 2611 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c |
2612 | is run early in the boot sequence. | 2612 | is run early in the boot sequence. |
2613 | 2613 | ||
2614 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT | 2614 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT |
2615 | 2615 | ||
2616 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is | 2616 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is |
2617 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in | 2617 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in |
2618 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() | 2618 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() |
2619 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus | 2619 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus |
2620 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c | 2620 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c |
2621 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of | 2621 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of |
2622 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus | 2622 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus |
2623 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). | 2623 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). |
2624 | 2624 | ||
2625 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 2625 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
2626 | 2626 | ||
2627 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags | 2627 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags |
2628 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment | 2628 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment |
2629 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) | 2629 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) |
2630 | 2630 | ||
2631 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2631 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2632 | 2632 | ||
2633 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which | 2633 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which |
2634 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is | 2634 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is |
2635 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. | 2635 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. |
2636 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. | 2636 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. |
2637 | 2637 | ||
2638 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES | 2638 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES |
2639 | 2639 | ||
2640 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped | 2640 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped |
2641 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2641 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2642 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify | 2642 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify |
2643 | a 1D array of device addresses | 2643 | a 1D array of device addresses |
2644 | 2644 | ||
2645 | e.g. | 2645 | e.g. |
2646 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2646 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2647 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} | 2647 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} |
2648 | 2648 | ||
2649 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus | 2649 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus |
2650 | 2650 | ||
2651 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2651 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2652 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} | 2652 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} |
2653 | 2653 | ||
2654 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 | 2654 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 |
2655 | 2655 | ||
2656 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 2656 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
2657 | 2657 | ||
2658 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. | 2658 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. |
2659 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. | 2659 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. |
2660 | 2660 | ||
2661 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM | 2661 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM |
2662 | 2662 | ||
2663 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. | 2663 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. |
2664 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. | 2664 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. |
2665 | 2665 | ||
2666 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM | 2666 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM |
2667 | 2667 | ||
2668 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. | 2668 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. |
2669 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. | 2669 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. |
2670 | 2670 | ||
2671 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: | 2671 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: |
2672 | 2672 | ||
2673 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. | 2673 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. |
2674 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for | 2674 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for |
2675 | specified DTT device. | 2675 | specified DTT device. |
2676 | 2676 | ||
2677 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START | 2677 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START |
2678 | 2678 | ||
2679 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in | 2679 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in |
2680 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start | 2680 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start |
2681 | between writing the address pointer and reading the | 2681 | between writing the address pointer and reading the |
2682 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour | 2682 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour |
2683 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C | 2683 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C |
2684 | devices can use either method, but some require one or | 2684 | devices can use either method, but some require one or |
2685 | the other. | 2685 | the other. |
2686 | 2686 | ||
2687 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI | 2687 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI |
2688 | 2688 | ||
2689 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with | 2689 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with |
2690 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and | 2690 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and |
2691 | D/As on the SACSng board) | 2691 | D/As on the SACSng board) |
2692 | 2692 | ||
2693 | CONFIG_SH_SPI | 2693 | CONFIG_SH_SPI |
2694 | 2694 | ||
2695 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently | 2695 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently |
2696 | only SH7757 is supported. | 2696 | only SH7757 is supported. |
2697 | 2697 | ||
2698 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI | 2698 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI |
2699 | 2699 | ||
2700 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than | 2700 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than |
2701 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose | 2701 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose |
2702 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins | 2702 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins |
2703 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is | 2703 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is |
2704 | defined, the board configuration must define several | 2704 | defined, the board configuration must define several |
2705 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For | 2705 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For |
2706 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. | 2706 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. |
2707 | 2707 | ||
2708 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI | 2708 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI |
2709 | 2709 | ||
2710 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads | 2710 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads |
2711 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration | 2711 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration |
2712 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. | 2712 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. |
2713 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an | 2713 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an |
2714 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. | 2714 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. |
2715 | 2715 | ||
2716 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI | 2716 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI |
2717 | 2717 | ||
2718 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC | 2718 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC |
2719 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. | 2719 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. |
2720 | 2720 | ||
2721 | CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT | 2721 | CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT |
2722 | Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed. | 2722 | Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed. |
2723 | default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */ | 2723 | default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */ |
2724 | 2724 | ||
2725 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA | 2725 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA |
2726 | 2726 | ||
2727 | Enables FPGA subsystem. | 2727 | Enables FPGA subsystem. |
2728 | 2728 | ||
2729 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> | 2729 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> |
2730 | 2730 | ||
2731 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. | 2731 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. |
2732 | (ALTERA, XILINX) | 2732 | (ALTERA, XILINX) |
2733 | 2733 | ||
2734 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> | 2734 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> |
2735 | 2735 | ||
2736 | Enables support for FPGA family. | 2736 | Enables support for FPGA family. |
2737 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) | 2737 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) |
2738 | 2738 | ||
2739 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT | 2739 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT |
2740 | 2740 | ||
2741 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. | 2741 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. |
2742 | 2742 | ||
2743 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK | 2743 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK |
2744 | 2744 | ||
2745 | Enable support for fpga loadmk command | 2745 | Enable support for fpga loadmk command |
2746 | 2746 | ||
2747 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP | 2747 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP |
2748 | 2748 | ||
2749 | Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream | 2749 | Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream |
2750 | 2750 | ||
2751 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP | 2751 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP |
2752 | 2752 | ||
2753 | Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream | 2753 | Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream |
2754 | (Xilinx only) | 2754 | (Xilinx only) |
2755 | 2755 | ||
2756 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK | 2756 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK |
2757 | 2757 | ||
2758 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. | 2758 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. |
2759 | 2759 | ||
2760 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY | 2760 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY |
2761 | 2761 | ||
2762 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy | 2762 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy |
2763 | status by the configuration function. This option | 2763 | status by the configuration function. This option |
2764 | will require a board or device specific function to | 2764 | will require a board or device specific function to |
2765 | be written. | 2765 | be written. |
2766 | 2766 | ||
2767 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY | 2767 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY |
2768 | 2768 | ||
2769 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA | 2769 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA |
2770 | configuration driver. | 2770 | configuration driver. |
2771 | 2771 | ||
2772 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC | 2772 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC |
2773 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration | 2773 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration |
2774 | 2774 | ||
2775 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR | 2775 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR |
2776 | 2776 | ||
2777 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile | 2777 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile |
2778 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II | 2778 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II |
2779 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which | 2779 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which |
2780 | indicated a CRC error). | 2780 | indicated a CRC error). |
2781 | 2781 | ||
2782 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT | 2782 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT |
2783 | 2783 | ||
2784 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert | 2784 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert |
2785 | after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II | 2785 | after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II |
2786 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 | 2786 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 |
2787 | ms. | 2787 | ms. |
2788 | 2788 | ||
2789 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY | 2789 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY |
2790 | 2790 | ||
2791 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during | 2791 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during |
2792 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. | 2792 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. |
2793 | 2793 | ||
2794 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG | 2794 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG |
2795 | 2795 | ||
2796 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is | 2796 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is |
2797 | 200 ms. | 2797 | 200 ms. |
2798 | 2798 | ||
2799 | - Configuration Management: | 2799 | - Configuration Management: |
2800 | CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET | 2800 | CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET |
2801 | 2801 | ||
2802 | Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary | 2802 | Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary |
2803 | with a special header) as build targets. By defining | 2803 | with a special header) as build targets. By defining |
2804 | CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this | 2804 | CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this |
2805 | special image will be automatically built upon calling | 2805 | special image will be automatically built upon calling |
2806 | make / MAKEALL. | 2806 | make / MAKEALL. |
2807 | 2807 | ||
2808 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING | 2808 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING |
2809 | 2809 | ||
2810 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot | 2810 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot |
2811 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) | 2811 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) |
2812 | 2812 | ||
2813 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: | 2813 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: |
2814 | 2814 | ||
2815 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment | 2815 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment |
2816 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and | 2816 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and |
2817 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that | 2817 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that |
2818 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and | 2818 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and |
2819 | protects these variables from casual modification by | 2819 | protects these variables from casual modification by |
2820 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, | 2820 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, |
2821 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can | 2821 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can |
2822 | change this behaviour: | 2822 | change this behaviour: |
2823 | 2823 | ||
2824 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config | 2824 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config |
2825 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is | 2825 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is |
2826 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete | 2826 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete |
2827 | these parameters. | 2827 | these parameters. |
2828 | 2828 | ||
2829 | Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the | 2829 | Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the |
2830 | default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default | 2830 | default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default |
2831 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, | 2831 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, |
2832 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The | 2832 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The |
2833 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains | 2833 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains |
2834 | read-only.] | 2834 | read-only.] |
2835 | 2835 | ||
2836 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way | 2836 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way |
2837 | for any variable by configuring the type of access | 2837 | for any variable by configuring the type of access |
2838 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable | 2838 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable |
2839 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. | 2839 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. |
2840 | 2840 | ||
2841 | - Protected RAM: | 2841 | - Protected RAM: |
2842 | CONFIG_PRAM | 2842 | CONFIG_PRAM |
2843 | 2843 | ||
2844 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of | 2844 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of |
2845 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten | 2845 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten |
2846 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of | 2846 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of |
2847 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite | 2847 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite |
2848 | this default value by defining an environment | 2848 | this default value by defining an environment |
2849 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to | 2849 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to |
2850 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will | 2850 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will |
2851 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is | 2851 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is |
2852 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will | 2852 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will |
2853 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of | 2853 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of |
2854 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot | 2854 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot |
2855 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: | 2855 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: |
2856 | 2856 | ||
2857 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} | 2857 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} |
2858 | saveenv | 2858 | saveenv |
2859 | 2859 | ||
2860 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, | 2860 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, |
2861 | either, which results in a memory region that will | 2861 | either, which results in a memory region that will |
2862 | not be affected by reboots. | 2862 | not be affected by reboots. |
2863 | 2863 | ||
2864 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic | 2864 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic |
2865 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that | 2865 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that |
2866 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the | 2866 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the |
2867 | following board configurations are known to be | 2867 | following board configurations are known to be |
2868 | "pRAM-clean": | 2868 | "pRAM-clean": |
2869 | 2869 | ||
2870 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, | 2870 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, |
2871 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, | 2871 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, |
2872 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 | 2872 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 |
2873 | 2873 | ||
2874 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) | 2874 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) |
2875 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not | 2875 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not |
2876 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures | 2876 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures |
2877 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit | 2877 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit |
2878 | machines using physical address extension or similar. | 2878 | machines using physical address extension or similar. |
2879 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which | 2879 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which |
2880 | currently only supports clearing the memory. | 2880 | currently only supports clearing the memory. |
2881 | 2881 | ||
2882 | - Error Recovery: | 2882 | - Error Recovery: |
2883 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG | 2883 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG |
2884 | 2884 | ||
2885 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a | 2885 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a |
2886 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. | 2886 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. |
2887 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded | 2887 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded |
2888 | system where you want the system to reboot | 2888 | system where you want the system to reboot |
2889 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be | 2889 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be |
2890 | useful during development since you can try to debug | 2890 | useful during development since you can try to debug |
2891 | the conditions that lead to the situation. | 2891 | the conditions that lead to the situation. |
2892 | 2892 | ||
2893 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT | 2893 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT |
2894 | 2894 | ||
2895 | This variable defines the number of retries for | 2895 | This variable defines the number of retries for |
2896 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP | 2896 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP |
2897 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a | 2897 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a |
2898 | default value of 5 is used. | 2898 | default value of 5 is used. |
2899 | 2899 | ||
2900 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT | 2900 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT |
2901 | 2901 | ||
2902 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. | 2902 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. |
2903 | 2903 | ||
2904 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT | 2904 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT |
2905 | 2905 | ||
2906 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. | 2906 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. |
2907 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, | 2907 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, |
2908 | try longer timeout such as | 2908 | try longer timeout such as |
2909 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL | 2909 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL |
2910 | 2910 | ||
2911 | - Command Interpreter: | 2911 | - Command Interpreter: |
2912 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE | 2912 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE |
2913 | 2913 | ||
2914 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. | 2914 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. |
2915 | 2915 | ||
2916 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 | 2916 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 |
2917 | 2917 | ||
2918 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is | 2918 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is |
2919 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input | 2919 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input |
2920 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". | 2920 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". |
2921 | 2921 | ||
2922 | Note: | 2922 | Note: |
2923 | 2923 | ||
2924 | In the current implementation, the local variables | 2924 | In the current implementation, the local variables |
2925 | space and global environment variables space are | 2925 | space and global environment variables space are |
2926 | separated. Local variables are those you define by | 2926 | separated. Local variables are those you define by |
2927 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local | 2927 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local |
2928 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or | 2928 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or |
2929 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable | 2929 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable |
2930 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. | 2930 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. |
2931 | 2931 | ||
2932 | Global environment variables are those you use | 2932 | Global environment variables are those you use |
2933 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored | 2933 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored |
2934 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, | 2934 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, |
2935 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. | 2935 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. |
2936 | 2936 | ||
2937 | To store commands and special characters in a | 2937 | To store commands and special characters in a |
2938 | variable, please use double quotation marks | 2938 | variable, please use double quotation marks |
2939 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead | 2939 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead |
2940 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special | 2940 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special |
2941 | symbols. | 2941 | symbols. |
2942 | 2942 | ||
2943 | - Command Line Editing and History: | 2943 | - Command Line Editing and History: |
2944 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING | 2944 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING |
2945 | 2945 | ||
2946 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive | 2946 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive |
2947 | command line input operations | 2947 | command line input operations |
2948 | 2948 | ||
2949 | - Default Environment: | 2949 | - Default Environment: |
2950 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS | 2950 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS |
2951 | 2951 | ||
2952 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated | 2952 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated |
2953 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of | 2953 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of |
2954 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. | 2954 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. |
2955 | 2955 | ||
2956 | For example, place something like this in your | 2956 | For example, place something like this in your |
2957 | board's config file: | 2957 | board's config file: |
2958 | 2958 | ||
2959 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ | 2959 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ |
2960 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ | 2960 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ |
2961 | "myvar2=value2\0" | 2961 | "myvar2=value2\0" |
2962 | 2962 | ||
2963 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the | 2963 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the |
2964 | internal format how the environment is stored by the | 2964 | internal format how the environment is stored by the |
2965 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported | 2965 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported |
2966 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format | 2966 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format |
2967 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. | 2967 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. |
2968 | You better know what you are doing here. | 2968 | You better know what you are doing here. |
2969 | 2969 | ||
2970 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is | 2970 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is |
2971 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset | 2971 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset |
2972 | the environment like the "source" command or the | 2972 | the environment like the "source" command or the |
2973 | boot command first. | 2973 | boot command first. |
2974 | 2974 | ||
2975 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG | 2975 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG |
2976 | 2976 | ||
2977 | Define this in order to add variables describing the | 2977 | Define this in order to add variables describing the |
2978 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. | 2978 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. |
2979 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. | 2979 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. |
2980 | 2980 | ||
2981 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: | 2981 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: |
2982 | 2982 | ||
2983 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH | 2983 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH |
2984 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU | 2984 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU |
2985 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD | 2985 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD |
2986 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR | 2986 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR |
2987 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC | 2987 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC |
2988 | 2988 | ||
2989 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG | 2989 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG |
2990 | 2990 | ||
2991 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain | 2991 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain |
2992 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the | 2992 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the |
2993 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. | 2993 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. |
2994 | 2994 | ||
2995 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT | 2995 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT |
2996 | 2996 | ||
2997 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is | 2997 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is |
2998 | initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits | 2998 | initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits |
2999 | that so that the environment is not available until | 2999 | that so that the environment is not available until |
3000 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 3000 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
3001 | this is instead controlled by the value of | 3001 | this is instead controlled by the value of |
3002 | /config/load-environment. | 3002 | /config/load-environment. |
3003 | 3003 | ||
3004 | - Parallel Flash support: | 3004 | - Parallel Flash support: |
3005 | CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH | 3005 | CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH |
3006 | 3006 | ||
3007 | Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR | 3007 | Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR |
3008 | flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR | 3008 | flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR |
3009 | flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have | 3009 | flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have |
3010 | parallel flash. | 3010 | parallel flash. |
3011 | 3011 | ||
3012 | If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers | 3012 | If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers |
3013 | (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be | 3013 | (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be |
3014 | selected or the board must provide an implementation of the | 3014 | selected or the board must provide an implementation of the |
3015 | flash API (see include/flash.h). | 3015 | flash API (see include/flash.h). |
3016 | 3016 | ||
3017 | - DataFlash Support: | 3017 | - DataFlash Support: |
3018 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH | 3018 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH |
3019 | 3019 | ||
3020 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and | 3020 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and |
3021 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard | 3021 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard |
3022 | commands cp, md... | 3022 | commands cp, md... |
3023 | 3023 | ||
3024 | - Serial Flash support | 3024 | - Serial Flash support |
3025 | CONFIG_CMD_SF | 3025 | CONFIG_CMD_SF |
3026 | 3026 | ||
3027 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands | 3027 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands |
3028 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. | 3028 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. |
3029 | 3029 | ||
3030 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial | 3030 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial |
3031 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update | 3031 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update |
3032 | commands. | 3032 | commands. |
3033 | 3033 | ||
3034 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform | 3034 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform |
3035 | to handle the common case when only a single serial | 3035 | to handle the common case when only a single serial |
3036 | flash is present on the system. | 3036 | flash is present on the system. |
3037 | 3037 | ||
3038 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier | 3038 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier |
3039 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select | 3039 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select |
3040 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) | 3040 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) |
3041 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz | 3041 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz |
3042 | 3042 | ||
3043 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST | 3043 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST |
3044 | 3044 | ||
3045 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash | 3045 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash |
3046 | test ('sf test'). | 3046 | test ('sf test'). |
3047 | 3047 | ||
3048 | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories | 3048 | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories |
3049 | 3049 | ||
3050 | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash | 3050 | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash |
3051 | memories can be connected with a given cs line. | 3051 | memories can be connected with a given cs line. |
3052 | Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections. | 3052 | Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections. |
3053 | 3053 | ||
3054 | - SystemACE Support: | 3054 | - SystemACE Support: |
3055 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 3055 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
3056 | 3056 | ||
3057 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE | 3057 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE |
3058 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address | 3058 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address |
3059 | of the chip must also be defined in the | 3059 | of the chip must also be defined in the |
3060 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: | 3060 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: |
3061 | 3061 | ||
3062 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 3062 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
3063 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 | 3063 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 |
3064 | 3064 | ||
3065 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type | 3065 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type |
3066 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. | 3066 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. |
3067 | 3067 | ||
3068 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: | 3068 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: |
3069 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT | 3069 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT |
3070 | 3070 | ||
3071 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp | 3071 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp |
3072 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. | 3072 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. |
3073 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port | 3073 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port |
3074 | number generator is used. | 3074 | number generator is used. |
3075 | 3075 | ||
3076 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply | 3076 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply |
3077 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't | 3077 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't |
3078 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. | 3078 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. |
3079 | 3079 | ||
3080 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to | 3080 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to |
3081 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured | 3081 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured |
3082 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of | 3082 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of |
3083 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing | 3083 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing |
3084 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. | 3084 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. |
3085 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, | 3085 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, |
3086 | but sometimes that is not allowed. | 3086 | but sometimes that is not allowed. |
3087 | 3087 | ||
3088 | - Hashing support: | 3088 | - Hashing support: |
3089 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH | 3089 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH |
3090 | 3090 | ||
3091 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce | 3091 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce |
3092 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). | 3092 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). |
3093 | 3093 | ||
3094 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY | 3094 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY |
3095 | 3095 | ||
3096 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code | 3096 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code |
3097 | size a little. | 3097 | size a little. |
3098 | 3098 | ||
3099 | CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1 | 3099 | CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1 |
3100 | algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. | 3100 | algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. |
3101 | CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using | 3101 | CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using |
3102 | SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. | 3102 | SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software. |
3103 | CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration | 3103 | CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration |
3104 | for SHA1/SHA256 hashing. | 3104 | for SHA1/SHA256 hashing. |
3105 | This affects the 'hash' command and also the | 3105 | This affects the 'hash' command and also the |
3106 | hash_lookup_algo() function. | 3106 | hash_lookup_algo() function. |
3107 | CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables | 3107 | CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables |
3108 | hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing. | 3108 | hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing. |
3109 | Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing | 3109 | Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing |
3110 | is performed in hardware. | 3110 | is performed in hardware. |
3111 | 3111 | ||
3112 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps | 3112 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps |
3113 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. | 3113 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. |
3114 | 3114 | ||
3115 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: | 3115 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: |
3116 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT | 3116 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT |
3117 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an | 3117 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an |
3118 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. | 3118 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. |
3119 | 3119 | ||
3120 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE | 3120 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE |
3121 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing | 3121 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing |
3122 | a boot from specific media. | 3122 | a boot from specific media. |
3123 | 3123 | ||
3124 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to | 3124 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to |
3125 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating | 3125 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating |
3126 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal | 3126 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal |
3127 | will set it back to normal. This command currently | 3127 | will set it back to normal. This command currently |
3128 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. | 3128 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. |
3129 | 3129 | ||
3130 | - Signing support: | 3130 | - Signing support: |
3131 | CONFIG_RSA | 3131 | CONFIG_RSA |
3132 | 3132 | ||
3133 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification | 3133 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification |
3134 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. | 3134 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. |
3135 | 3135 | ||
3136 | The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using | 3136 | The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using |
3137 | driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this | 3137 | driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this |
3138 | library to function. | 3138 | library to function. |
3139 | 3139 | ||
3140 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this | 3140 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this |
3141 | option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into | 3141 | option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into |
3142 | mkimage irrespective of this option. | 3142 | mkimage irrespective of this option. |
3143 | 3143 | ||
3144 | - bootcount support: | 3144 | - bootcount support: |
3145 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 3145 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT |
3146 | 3146 | ||
3147 | This enables the bootcounter support, see: | 3147 | This enables the bootcounter support, see: |
3148 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 3148 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit |
3149 | 3149 | ||
3150 | CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE | 3150 | CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE |
3151 | enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. | 3151 | enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. |
3152 | CONFIG_BLACKFIN | 3152 | CONFIG_BLACKFIN |
3153 | enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. | 3153 | enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. |
3154 | CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX | 3154 | CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX |
3155 | enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. | 3155 | enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. |
3156 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM | 3156 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM |
3157 | enable support for the bootcounter in RAM | 3157 | enable support for the bootcounter in RAM |
3158 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C | 3158 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C |
3159 | enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. | 3159 | enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. |
3160 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address | 3160 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address |
3161 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for | 3161 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for |
3162 | the bootcounter. | 3162 | the bootcounter. |
3163 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len | 3163 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len |
3164 | 3164 | ||
3165 | - Show boot progress: | 3165 | - Show boot progress: |
3166 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS | 3166 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS |
3167 | 3167 | ||
3168 | Defining this option allows to add some board- | 3168 | Defining this option allows to add some board- |
3169 | specific code (calling a user-provided function | 3169 | specific code (calling a user-provided function |
3170 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show | 3170 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show |
3171 | the system's boot progress on some display (for | 3171 | the system's boot progress on some display (for |
3172 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, | 3172 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, |
3173 | the following checkpoints are implemented: | 3173 | the following checkpoints are implemented: |
3174 | 3174 | ||
3175 | 3175 | ||
3176 | Legacy uImage format: | 3176 | Legacy uImage format: |
3177 | 3177 | ||
3178 | Arg Where When | 3178 | Arg Where When |
3179 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image | 3179 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image |
3180 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number | 3180 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number |
3181 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number | 3181 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number |
3182 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum | 3182 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum |
3183 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum | 3183 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum |
3184 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum | 3184 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum |
3185 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum | 3185 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum |
3186 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture | 3186 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture |
3187 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 3187 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
3188 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) | 3188 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) |
3189 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK | 3189 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK |
3190 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error | 3190 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error |
3191 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type | 3191 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type |
3192 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK | 3192 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK |
3193 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error | 3193 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error |
3194 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) | 3194 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) |
3195 | 3195 | ||
3196 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 3196 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
3197 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number | 3197 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number |
3198 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum | 3198 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum |
3199 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK | 3199 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK |
3200 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum | 3200 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum |
3201 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum | 3201 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum |
3202 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading | 3202 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading |
3203 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) | 3203 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) |
3204 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification | 3204 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification |
3205 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. | 3205 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. |
3206 | 3206 | ||
3207 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS | 3207 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS |
3208 | 3208 | ||
3209 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system | 3209 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system |
3210 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() | 3210 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() |
3211 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() | 3211 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() |
3212 | 3212 | ||
3213 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device | 3213 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device |
3214 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command | 3214 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command |
3215 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command | 3215 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command |
3216 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device | 3216 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device |
3217 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device | 3217 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device |
3218 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 3218 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
3219 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available | 3219 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available |
3220 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device | 3220 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device |
3221 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK | 3221 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK |
3222 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number | 3222 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number |
3223 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 3223 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
3224 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device | 3224 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device |
3225 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 3225 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
3226 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device | 3226 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device |
3227 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command | 3227 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command |
3228 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command | 3228 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command |
3229 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device | 3229 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device |
3230 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found | 3230 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found |
3231 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available | 3231 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available |
3232 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available | 3232 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available |
3233 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected | 3233 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected |
3234 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected | 3234 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected |
3235 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table | 3235 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table |
3236 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found | 3236 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found |
3237 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type | 3237 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type |
3238 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type | 3238 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type |
3239 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 3239 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
3240 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK | 3240 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK |
3241 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number | 3241 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number |
3242 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number | 3242 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number |
3243 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum | 3243 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum |
3244 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum | 3244 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum |
3245 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device | 3245 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device |
3246 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK | 3246 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK |
3247 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device | 3247 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device |
3248 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command | 3248 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command |
3249 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command | 3249 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command |
3250 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device | 3250 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device |
3251 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found | 3251 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found |
3252 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 3252 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
3253 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available | 3253 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available |
3254 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 3254 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
3255 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK | 3255 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK |
3256 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number | 3256 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number |
3257 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number | 3257 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number |
3258 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device | 3258 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device |
3259 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK | 3259 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK |
3260 | 3260 | ||
3261 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default | 3261 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default |
3262 | 3262 | ||
3263 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. | 3263 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. |
3264 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. | 3264 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. |
3265 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. | 3265 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. |
3266 | 3266 | ||
3267 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong | 3267 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong |
3268 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop() | 3268 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop() |
3269 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred | 3269 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred |
3270 | 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error | 3270 | 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error |
3271 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) | 3271 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) |
3272 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot | 3272 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot |
3273 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command | 3273 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command |
3274 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command | 3274 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command |
3275 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors | 3275 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors |
3276 | 3276 | ||
3277 | FIT uImage format: | 3277 | FIT uImage format: |
3278 | 3278 | ||
3279 | Arg Where When | 3279 | Arg Where When |
3280 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format | 3280 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format |
3281 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format | 3281 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format |
3282 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration | 3282 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration |
3283 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage | 3283 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage |
3284 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified | 3284 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified |
3285 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset | 3285 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset |
3286 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node | 3286 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node |
3287 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset | 3287 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset |
3288 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed | 3288 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed |
3289 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK | 3289 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK |
3290 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture | 3290 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture |
3291 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 3291 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
3292 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type | 3292 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type |
3293 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK | 3293 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK |
3294 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size | 3294 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size |
3295 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size | 3295 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size |
3296 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) | 3296 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) |
3297 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type | 3297 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type |
3298 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp | 3298 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp |
3299 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os | 3299 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os |
3300 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address | 3300 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address |
3301 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error | 3301 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error |
3302 | 3302 | ||
3303 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 3303 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
3304 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format | 3304 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format |
3305 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format | 3305 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format |
3306 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration | 3306 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration |
3307 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage | 3307 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage |
3308 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified | 3308 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified |
3309 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset | 3309 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset |
3310 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset | 3310 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset |
3311 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed | 3311 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed |
3312 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK | 3312 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK |
3313 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture | 3313 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture |
3314 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK | 3314 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK |
3315 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size | 3315 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size |
3316 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size | 3316 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size |
3317 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address | 3317 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address |
3318 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address | 3318 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address |
3319 | 3319 | ||
3320 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3320 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3321 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK | 3321 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK |
3322 | 3322 | ||
3323 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3323 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3324 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK | 3324 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK |
3325 | 3325 | ||
3326 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3326 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3327 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK | 3327 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK |
3328 | 3328 | ||
3329 | - legacy image format: | 3329 | - legacy image format: |
3330 | CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY | 3330 | CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY |
3331 | enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. | 3331 | enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. |
3332 | 3332 | ||
3333 | Default: | 3333 | Default: |
3334 | enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. | 3334 | enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. |
3335 | 3335 | ||
3336 | CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY | 3336 | CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY |
3337 | disable the legacy image format | 3337 | disable the legacy image format |
3338 | 3338 | ||
3339 | This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is | 3339 | This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is |
3340 | enabled per default for backward compatibility. | 3340 | enabled per default for backward compatibility. |
3341 | 3341 | ||
3342 | - FIT image support: | 3342 | - FIT image support: |
3343 | CONFIG_FIT | 3343 | CONFIG_FIT |
3344 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. | 3344 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. |
3345 | 3345 | ||
3346 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH | 3346 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH |
3347 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the | 3347 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the |
3348 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of | 3348 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of |
3349 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the | 3349 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the |
3350 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. | 3350 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. |
3351 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. | 3351 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. |
3352 | 3352 | ||
3353 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE | 3353 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE |
3354 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, | 3354 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, |
3355 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If | 3355 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If |
3356 | CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive | 3356 | CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive |
3357 | hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it. | 3357 | hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it. |
3358 | See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. | 3358 | See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. |
3359 | 3359 | ||
3360 | WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required | 3360 | WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required |
3361 | signature check the legacy image format is default | 3361 | signature check the legacy image format is default |
3362 | disabled. If a board need legacy image format support | 3362 | disabled. If a board need legacy image format support |
3363 | enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY | 3363 | enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY |
3364 | 3364 | ||
3365 | CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256 | 3365 | CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256 |
3366 | Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size. | 3366 | Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size. |
3367 | For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled | 3367 | For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled |
3368 | with this option. | 3368 | with this option. |
3369 | 3369 | ||
3370 | - Standalone program support: | 3370 | - Standalone program support: |
3371 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR | 3371 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR |
3372 | 3372 | ||
3373 | This option defines a board specific value for the | 3373 | This option defines a board specific value for the |
3374 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus | 3374 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus |
3375 | overwriting the architecture dependent default | 3375 | overwriting the architecture dependent default |
3376 | settings. | 3376 | settings. |
3377 | 3377 | ||
3378 | - Frame Buffer Address: | 3378 | - Frame Buffer Address: |
3379 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR | 3379 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR |
3380 | 3380 | ||
3381 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific | 3381 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific |
3382 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case | 3382 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case |
3383 | when using a graphics controller has separate video | 3383 | when using a graphics controller has separate video |
3384 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at | 3384 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at |
3385 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it | 3385 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it |
3386 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs | 3386 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs |
3387 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the | 3387 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the |
3388 | configured panel size. | 3388 | configured panel size. |
3389 | 3389 | ||
3390 | Please see board_init_f function. | 3390 | Please see board_init_f function. |
3391 | 3391 | ||
3392 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server | 3392 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server |
3393 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP | 3393 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP |
3394 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX | 3394 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX |
3395 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX | 3395 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX |
3396 | 3396 | ||
3397 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; | 3397 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; |
3398 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. | 3398 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. |
3399 | 3399 | ||
3400 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) | 3400 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) |
3401 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE | 3401 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE |
3402 | 3402 | ||
3403 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. | 3403 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. |
3404 | Needed for mtdparts command support. | 3404 | Needed for mtdparts command support. |
3405 | 3405 | ||
3406 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS | 3406 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS |
3407 | 3407 | ||
3408 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux | 3408 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux |
3409 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. | 3409 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. |
3410 | 3410 | ||
3411 | - UBI support | 3411 | - UBI support |
3412 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI | 3412 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI |
3413 | 3413 | ||
3414 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted | 3414 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted |
3415 | with the UBI flash translation layer | 3415 | with the UBI flash translation layer |
3416 | 3416 | ||
3417 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE | 3417 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE |
3418 | 3418 | ||
3419 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 3419 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
3420 | 3420 | ||
3421 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves | 3421 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves |
3422 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3422 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3423 | 3423 | ||
3424 | 3424 | ||
3425 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD | 3425 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD |
3426 | This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest | 3426 | This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest |
3427 | erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks | 3427 | erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks |
3428 | of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing | 3428 | of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing |
3429 | wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase | 3429 | wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase |
3430 | counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter. | 3430 | counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter. |
3431 | 3431 | ||
3432 | The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and | 3432 | The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and |
3433 | other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more. | 3433 | other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more. |
3434 | However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock | 3434 | However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock |
3435 | life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g., | 3435 | life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g., |
3436 | to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2). | 3436 | to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2). |
3437 | 3437 | ||
3438 | default: 4096 | 3438 | default: 4096 |
3439 | 3439 | ||
3440 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT | 3440 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT |
3441 | This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI | 3441 | This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI |
3442 | expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the | 3442 | expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the |
3443 | underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR | 3443 | underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR |
3444 | flash), this value is ignored. | 3444 | flash), this value is ignored. |
3445 | 3445 | ||
3446 | NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM | 3446 | NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM |
3447 | (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime. | 3447 | (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime. |
3448 | The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks | 3448 | The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks |
3449 | then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)", | 3449 | then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)", |
3450 | which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total | 3450 | which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total |
3451 | count of eraseblocks on the chip). | 3451 | count of eraseblocks on the chip). |
3452 | 3452 | ||
3453 | To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to | 3453 | To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to |
3454 | reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks | 3454 | reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks |
3455 | handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire | 3455 | handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire |
3456 | NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means | 3456 | NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means |
3457 | that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad | 3457 | that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad |
3458 | eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same | 3458 | eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same |
3459 | size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a | 3459 | size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a |
3460 | partition. | 3460 | partition. |
3461 | 3461 | ||
3462 | default: 20 | 3462 | default: 20 |
3463 | 3463 | ||
3464 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP | 3464 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP |
3465 | Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device | 3465 | Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device |
3466 | in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it | 3466 | in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it |
3467 | only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device. | 3467 | only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device. |
3468 | The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach | 3468 | The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach |
3469 | the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where | 3469 | the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where |
3470 | attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install | 3470 | attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install |
3471 | a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter | 3471 | a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter |
3472 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note | 3472 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note |
3473 | that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations | 3473 | that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations |
3474 | without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap | 3474 | without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap |
3475 | fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps. | 3475 | fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps. |
3476 | 3476 | ||
3477 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT | 3477 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT |
3478 | Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images | 3478 | Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images |
3479 | without a fastmap. | 3479 | without a fastmap. |
3480 | default: 0 | 3480 | default: 0 |
3481 | 3481 | ||
3482 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG | 3482 | CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG |
3483 | Enable UBI fastmap debug | 3483 | Enable UBI fastmap debug |
3484 | default: 0 | 3484 | default: 0 |
3485 | 3485 | ||
3486 | - UBIFS support | 3486 | - UBIFS support |
3487 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS | 3487 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS |
3488 | 3488 | ||
3489 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as | 3489 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as |
3490 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. | 3490 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. |
3491 | 3491 | ||
3492 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO | 3492 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO |
3493 | 3493 | ||
3494 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 3494 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
3495 | 3495 | ||
3496 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves | 3496 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves |
3497 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3497 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3498 | 3498 | ||
3499 | - SPL framework | 3499 | - SPL framework |
3500 | CONFIG_SPL | 3500 | CONFIG_SPL |
3501 | Enable building of SPL globally. | 3501 | Enable building of SPL globally. |
3502 | 3502 | ||
3503 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT | 3503 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT |
3504 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. | 3504 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. |
3505 | 3505 | ||
3506 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT | 3506 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT |
3507 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. | 3507 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. |
3508 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory | 3508 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory |
3509 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3509 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3510 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3510 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3511 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3511 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3512 | 3512 | ||
3513 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE | 3513 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE |
3514 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and | 3514 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and |
3515 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. | 3515 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. |
3516 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does | 3516 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does |
3517 | not exceed it. | 3517 | not exceed it. |
3518 | 3518 | ||
3519 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE | 3519 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE |
3520 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. | 3520 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. |
3521 | 3521 | ||
3522 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE | 3522 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE |
3523 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3523 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3524 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). | 3524 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). |
3525 | 3525 | ||
3526 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR | 3526 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR |
3527 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. | 3527 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. |
3528 | 3528 | ||
3529 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3529 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3530 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. | 3530 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. |
3531 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used | 3531 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used |
3532 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3532 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3533 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3533 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3534 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3534 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3535 | 3535 | ||
3536 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK | 3536 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK |
3537 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use | 3537 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use |
3538 | 3538 | ||
3539 | CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE | 3539 | CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE |
3540 | When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has | 3540 | When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has |
3541 | loaded does not have a signature. | 3541 | loaded does not have a signature. |
3542 | Defining this is useful when code which loads images | 3542 | Defining this is useful when code which loads images |
3543 | in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors | 3543 | in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors |
3544 | will be caught. | 3544 | will be caught. |
3545 | An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will | 3545 | An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will |
3546 | consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad, | 3546 | consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad, |
3547 | and thus should be skipped silently. | 3547 | and thus should be skipped silently. |
3548 | 3548 | ||
3549 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK | 3549 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK |
3550 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after | 3550 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after |
3551 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3551 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3552 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. | 3552 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. |
3553 | 3553 | ||
3554 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START | 3554 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START |
3555 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3555 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3556 | When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and | 3556 | When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and |
3557 | it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc() | 3557 | it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc() |
3558 | can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined. | 3558 | can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined. |
3559 | 3559 | ||
3560 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE | 3560 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE |
3561 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3561 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3562 | 3562 | ||
3563 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK | 3563 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK |
3564 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework | 3564 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework |
3565 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND | 3565 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND |
3566 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. | 3566 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. |
3567 | 3567 | ||
3568 | CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT | 3568 | CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT |
3569 | Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. | 3569 | Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. |
3570 | See also: doc/README.falcon | 3570 | See also: doc/README.falcon |
3571 | 3571 | ||
3572 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT | 3572 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT |
3573 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information | 3573 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information |
3574 | about the running system. | 3574 | about the running system. |
3575 | 3575 | ||
3576 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL | 3576 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL |
3577 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image | 3577 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image |
3578 | 3578 | ||
3579 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT | 3579 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT |
3580 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary | 3580 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary |
3581 | 3581 | ||
3582 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT | 3582 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT |
3583 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary | 3583 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary |
3584 | 3584 | ||
3585 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT | 3585 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT |
3586 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary | 3586 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary |
3587 | 3587 | ||
3588 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT | 3588 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT |
3589 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary | 3589 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary |
3590 | 3590 | ||
3591 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT | 3591 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT |
3592 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary | 3592 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary |
3593 | 3593 | ||
3594 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, | 3594 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, |
3595 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, | 3595 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, |
3596 | Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from | 3596 | Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from |
3597 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. | 3597 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. |
3598 | 3598 | ||
3599 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION | 3599 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION |
3600 | Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being | 3600 | Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being |
3601 | used in raw mode | 3601 | used in raw mode |
3602 | 3602 | ||
3603 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR | 3603 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR |
3604 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being | 3604 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being |
3605 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) | 3605 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) |
3606 | 3606 | ||
3607 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, | 3607 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, |
3608 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS | 3608 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS |
3609 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument | 3609 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument |
3610 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode | 3610 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode |
3611 | (for falcon mode) | 3611 | (for falcon mode) |
3612 | 3612 | ||
3613 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION | 3613 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION |
3614 | Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being | 3614 | Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being |
3615 | used in fs mode | 3615 | used in fs mode |
3616 | 3616 | ||
3617 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT | 3617 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT |
3618 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary | 3618 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary |
3619 | 3619 | ||
3620 | CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT | 3620 | CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT |
3621 | Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary | 3621 | Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary |
3622 | 3622 | ||
3623 | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME | 3623 | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME |
3624 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem | 3624 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem |
3625 | 3625 | ||
3626 | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME | 3626 | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME |
3627 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading | 3627 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading |
3628 | from filesystem (for Falcon mode) | 3628 | from filesystem (for Falcon mode) |
3629 | 3629 | ||
3630 | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME | 3630 | CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME |
3631 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters | 3631 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters |
3632 | when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode) | 3632 | when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode) |
3633 | 3633 | ||
3634 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND | 3634 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND |
3635 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that | 3635 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that |
3636 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before | 3636 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before |
3637 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just | 3637 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just |
3638 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). | 3638 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). |
3639 | 3639 | ||
3640 | CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE | 3640 | CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE |
3641 | Avoid SPL relocation | 3641 | Avoid SPL relocation |
3642 | 3642 | ||
3643 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE | 3643 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE |
3644 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires | 3644 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires |
3645 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. | 3645 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. |
3646 | 3646 | ||
3647 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS | 3647 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS |
3648 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. | 3648 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. |
3649 | 3649 | ||
3650 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC | 3650 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC |
3651 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL | 3651 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL |
3652 | 3652 | ||
3653 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE | 3653 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE |
3654 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that | 3654 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that |
3655 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. | 3655 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. |
3656 | 3656 | ||
3657 | CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT | 3657 | CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT |
3658 | Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for | 3658 | Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for |
3659 | environment on NAND support within SPL. | 3659 | environment on NAND support within SPL. |
3660 | 3660 | ||
3661 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY | 3661 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY |
3662 | Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only | 3662 | Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only |
3663 | if you need to save space. | 3663 | if you need to save space. |
3664 | 3664 | ||
3665 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT | 3665 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT |
3666 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for | 3666 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for |
3667 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. | 3667 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. |
3668 | 3668 | ||
3669 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR | 3669 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR |
3670 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in | 3670 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in |
3671 | SPL binary. | 3671 | SPL binary. |
3672 | 3672 | ||
3673 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, | 3673 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, |
3674 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, | 3674 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, |
3675 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, | 3675 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, |
3676 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, | 3676 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, |
3677 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES | 3677 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES |
3678 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses | 3678 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses |
3679 | to read U-Boot | 3679 | to read U-Boot |
3680 | 3680 | ||
3681 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT | 3681 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT |
3682 | Add support NAND boot | 3682 | Add support NAND boot |
3683 | 3683 | ||
3684 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS | 3684 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS |
3685 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from | 3685 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from |
3686 | 3686 | ||
3687 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST | 3687 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST |
3688 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to | 3688 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to |
3689 | 3689 | ||
3690 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE | 3690 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE |
3691 | Size of image to load | 3691 | Size of image to load |
3692 | 3692 | ||
3693 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START | 3693 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START |
3694 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to | 3694 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to |
3695 | 3695 | ||
3696 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST | 3696 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST |
3697 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the | 3697 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the |
3698 | data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms. | 3698 | data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms. |
3699 | 3699 | ||
3700 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND | 3700 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND |
3701 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the | 3701 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the |
3702 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. | 3702 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. |
3703 | 3703 | ||
3704 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT | 3704 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT |
3705 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary | 3705 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary |
3706 | 3706 | ||
3707 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT | 3707 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT |
3708 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary | 3708 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary |
3709 | 3709 | ||
3710 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT | 3710 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT |
3711 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary | 3711 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary |
3712 | 3712 | ||
3713 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE | 3713 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE |
3714 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary | 3714 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary |
3715 | 3715 | ||
3716 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT | 3716 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT |
3717 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary | 3717 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary |
3718 | 3718 | ||
3719 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT | 3719 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT |
3720 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary | 3720 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary |
3721 | 3721 | ||
3722 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT | 3722 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT |
3723 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. | 3723 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. |
3724 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by | 3724 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by |
3725 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE | 3725 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE |
3726 | 3726 | ||
3727 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO | 3727 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO |
3728 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending | 3728 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending |
3729 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3729 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3730 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3730 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3731 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3731 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3732 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3732 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3733 | 3733 | ||
3734 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET | 3734 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET |
3735 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs | 3735 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs |
3736 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for | 3736 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for |
3737 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. | 3737 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. |
3738 | 3738 | ||
3739 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT | 3739 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT |
3740 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of | 3740 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of |
3741 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this | 3741 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this |
3742 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the | 3742 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the |
3743 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. | 3743 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. |
3744 | 3744 | ||
3745 | - TPL framework | 3745 | - TPL framework |
3746 | CONFIG_TPL | 3746 | CONFIG_TPL |
3747 | Enable building of TPL globally. | 3747 | Enable building of TPL globally. |
3748 | 3748 | ||
3749 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO | 3749 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO |
3750 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending | 3750 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending |
3751 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3751 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3752 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3752 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3753 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3753 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3754 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3754 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3755 | 3755 | ||
3756 | Modem Support: | 3756 | Modem Support: |
3757 | -------------- | 3757 | -------------- |
3758 | 3758 | ||
3759 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] | 3759 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] |
3760 | 3760 | ||
3761 | - Modem support enable: | 3761 | - Modem support enable: |
3762 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT | 3762 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT |
3763 | 3763 | ||
3764 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: | 3764 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: |
3765 | CONFIG_HWFLOW | 3765 | CONFIG_HWFLOW |
3766 | 3766 | ||
3767 | - Modem debug support: | 3767 | - Modem debug support: |
3768 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG | 3768 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG |
3769 | 3769 | ||
3770 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) | 3770 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) |
3771 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. | 3771 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. |
3772 | 3772 | ||
3773 | - Interrupt support (PPC): | 3773 | - Interrupt support (PPC): |
3774 | 3774 | ||
3775 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() | 3775 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() |
3776 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() | 3776 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() |
3777 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() | 3777 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() |
3778 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If | 3778 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If |
3779 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt | 3779 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt |
3780 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. | 3780 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. |
3781 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU | 3781 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU |
3782 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led | 3782 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led |
3783 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from | 3783 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from |
3784 | general timer_interrupt(). | 3784 | general timer_interrupt(). |
3785 | 3785 | ||
3786 | - General: | 3786 | - General: |
3787 | 3787 | ||
3788 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a | 3788 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a |
3789 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during | 3789 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during |
3790 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally | 3790 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally |
3791 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from | 3791 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from |
3792 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy | 3792 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy |
3793 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem | 3793 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem |
3794 | initialization. | 3794 | initialization. |
3795 | 3795 | ||
3796 | If there are no modem init strings in the | 3796 | If there are no modem init strings in the |
3797 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the | 3797 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the |
3798 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be | 3798 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be |
3799 | suppressed, though. | 3799 | suppressed, though. |
3800 | 3800 | ||
3801 | See also: doc/README.Modem | 3801 | See also: doc/README.Modem |
3802 | 3802 | ||
3803 | Board initialization settings: | 3803 | Board initialization settings: |
3804 | ------------------------------ | 3804 | ------------------------------ |
3805 | 3805 | ||
3806 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions | 3806 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions |
3807 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup | 3807 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup |
3808 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the | 3808 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the |
3809 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is | 3809 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is |
3810 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c | 3810 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c |
3811 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). | 3811 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). |
3812 | 3812 | ||
3813 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() | 3813 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() |
3814 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() | 3814 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() |
3815 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() | 3815 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() |
3816 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() | 3816 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() |
3817 | 3817 | ||
3818 | Configuration Settings: | 3818 | Configuration Settings: |
3819 | ----------------------- | 3819 | ----------------------- |
3820 | 3820 | ||
3821 | - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. | 3821 | - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. |
3822 | Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. | 3822 | Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. |
3823 | 3823 | ||
3824 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; | 3824 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; |
3825 | undefine this when you're short of memory. | 3825 | undefine this when you're short of memory. |
3826 | 3826 | ||
3827 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default | 3827 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default |
3828 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. | 3828 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. |
3829 | 3829 | ||
3830 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to | 3830 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to |
3831 | prompt for user input. | 3831 | prompt for user input. |
3832 | 3832 | ||
3833 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console | 3833 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console |
3834 | 3834 | ||
3835 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output | 3835 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output |
3836 | 3836 | ||
3837 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands | 3837 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands |
3838 | 3838 | ||
3839 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to | 3839 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to |
3840 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is | 3840 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is |
3841 | booted | 3841 | booted |
3842 | 3842 | ||
3843 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: | 3843 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: |
3844 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. | 3844 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. |
3845 | 3845 | ||
3846 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET | 3846 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET |
3847 | Suppress display of console information at boot. | 3847 | Suppress display of console information at boot. |
3848 | 3848 | ||
3849 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 3849 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
3850 | If the board specific function | 3850 | If the board specific function |
3851 | extern int overwrite_console (void); | 3851 | extern int overwrite_console (void); |
3852 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the | 3852 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the |
3853 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. | 3853 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. |
3854 | 3854 | ||
3855 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE | 3855 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE |
3856 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). | 3856 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). |
3857 | 3857 | ||
3858 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE | 3858 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE |
3859 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. | 3859 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. |
3860 | 3860 | ||
3861 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: | 3861 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: |
3862 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the | 3862 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the |
3863 | simple memory test. | 3863 | simple memory test. |
3864 | 3864 | ||
3865 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: | 3865 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: |
3866 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. | 3866 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. |
3867 | 3867 | ||
3868 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: | 3868 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: |
3869 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test | 3869 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test |
3870 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable | 3870 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable |
3871 | 3871 | ||
3872 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE | 3872 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE |
3873 | If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory | 3873 | If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory |
3874 | is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS. | 3874 | is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS. |
3875 | This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable | 3875 | This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable |
3876 | gd->secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems | 3876 | gd->secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems |
3877 | the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks, | 3877 | the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks, |
3878 | this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address. | 3878 | this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address. |
3879 | 3879 | ||
3880 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): | 3880 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE: |
3881 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, | 3881 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, |
3882 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top | 3882 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top |
3883 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By | 3883 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By |
3884 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed | 3884 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed |
3885 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. | 3885 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. |
3886 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux | 3886 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux |
3887 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that | 3887 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that |
3888 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup | 3888 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup |
3889 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. | 3889 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. |
3890 | 3890 | ||
3891 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx | 3891 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx |
3892 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't | 3892 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't |
3893 | be touched. | 3893 | be touched. |
3894 | 3894 | ||
3895 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of | 3895 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of |
3896 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, | 3896 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, |
3897 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a | 3897 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a |
3898 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major | 3898 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major |
3899 | problems. | 3899 | problems. |
3900 | 3900 | ||
3901 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: | 3901 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: |
3902 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download | 3902 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download |
3903 | 3903 | ||
3904 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: | 3904 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: |
3905 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. | 3905 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. |
3906 | 3906 | ||
3907 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: | 3907 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: |
3908 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a | 3908 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a |
3909 | Cogent motherboard) | 3909 | Cogent motherboard) |
3910 | 3910 | ||
3911 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: | 3911 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: |
3912 | Physical start address of Flash memory. | 3912 | Physical start address of Flash memory. |
3913 | 3913 | ||
3914 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: | 3914 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: |
3915 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by | 3915 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by |
3916 | make config files to be same as the text base address | 3916 | make config files to be same as the text base address |
3917 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as | 3917 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as |
3918 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. | 3918 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. |
3919 | 3919 | ||
3920 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: | 3920 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: |
3921 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to | 3921 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to |
3922 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is | 3922 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is |
3923 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate | 3923 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate |
3924 | flash sector. | 3924 | flash sector. |
3925 | 3925 | ||
3926 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: | 3926 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: |
3927 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. | 3927 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. |
3928 | 3928 | ||
3929 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN | 3929 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN |
3930 | Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If | 3930 | Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If |
3931 | this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation | 3931 | this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation |
3932 | will become available before relocation. The address is just | 3932 | will become available before relocation. The address is just |
3933 | below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make | 3933 | below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make |
3934 | space. | 3934 | space. |
3935 | 3935 | ||
3936 | This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses | 3936 | This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses |
3937 | within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc() | 3937 | within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc() |
3938 | is not available. free() is supported but does nothing. | 3938 | is not available. free() is supported but does nothing. |
3939 | The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when | 3939 | The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when |
3940 | U-Boot relocates itself. | 3940 | U-Boot relocates itself. |
3941 | 3941 | ||
3942 | Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox | 3942 | Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox |
3943 | at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs. | 3943 | at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs. |
3944 | 3944 | ||
3945 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE | 3945 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE |
3946 | Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those | 3946 | Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those |
3947 | boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is | 3947 | boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is |
3948 | enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START). | 3948 | enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START). |
3949 | 3949 | ||
3950 | - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY: | 3950 | - CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY: |
3951 | Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be | 3951 | Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be |
3952 | typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped | 3952 | typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped |
3953 | uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would | 3953 | uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would |
3954 | otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For | 3954 | otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For |
3955 | some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the | 3955 | some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the |
3956 | cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed | 3956 | cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed |
3957 | are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding | 3957 | are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding |
3958 | cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e. | 3958 | cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e. |
3959 | if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the | 3959 | if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the |
3960 | size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of | 3960 | size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of |
3961 | one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has | 3961 | one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has |
3962 | written to another region in the same cache-line. This can | 3962 | written to another region in the same cache-line. This can |
3963 | happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for | 3963 | happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for |
3964 | buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g. | 3964 | buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g. |
3965 | 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes). | 3965 | 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes). |
3966 | 3966 | ||
3967 | Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present. | 3967 | Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present. |
3968 | 3968 | ||
3969 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: | 3969 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: |
3970 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an | 3970 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an |
3971 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, | 3971 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, |
3972 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file | 3972 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file |
3973 | to adjust this setting to your needs. | 3973 | to adjust this setting to your needs. |
3974 | 3974 | ||
3975 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: | 3975 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: |
3976 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of | 3976 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of |
3977 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by | 3977 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by |
3978 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if | 3978 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if |
3979 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" | 3979 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" |
3980 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case | 3980 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case |
3981 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" | 3981 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" |
3982 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment | 3982 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment |
3983 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of | 3983 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of |
3984 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, | 3984 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, |
3985 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. | 3985 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. |
3986 | 3986 | ||
3987 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: | 3987 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: |
3988 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the | 3988 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the |
3989 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand | 3989 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand |
3990 | is enabled. | 3990 | is enabled. |
3991 | 3991 | ||
3992 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: | 3992 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: |
3993 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between | 3993 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between |
3994 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3994 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3995 | 3995 | ||
3996 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: | 3996 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: |
3997 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in | 3997 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in |
3998 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3998 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3999 | 3999 | ||
4000 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: | 4000 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: |
4001 | Max number of Flash memory banks | 4001 | Max number of Flash memory banks |
4002 | 4002 | ||
4003 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: | 4003 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: |
4004 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip | 4004 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip |
4005 | 4005 | ||
4006 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: | 4006 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: |
4007 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) | 4007 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) |
4008 | 4008 | ||
4009 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: | 4009 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: |
4010 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) | 4010 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) |
4011 | 4011 | ||
4012 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT | 4012 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT |
4013 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) | 4013 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) |
4014 | 4014 | ||
4015 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT | 4015 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT |
4016 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) | 4016 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) |
4017 | 4017 | ||
4018 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION | 4018 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION |
4019 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used | 4019 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used |
4020 | instead of U-Boot software protection. | 4020 | instead of U-Boot software protection. |
4021 | 4021 | ||
4022 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: | 4022 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: |
4023 | 4023 | ||
4024 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; | 4024 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; |
4025 | without this option such a download has to be | 4025 | without this option such a download has to be |
4026 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) | 4026 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) |
4027 | copy from RAM to flash. | 4027 | copy from RAM to flash. |
4028 | 4028 | ||
4029 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since | 4029 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since |
4030 | you can check if the download worked before you erase | 4030 | you can check if the download worked before you erase |
4031 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is | 4031 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is |
4032 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the | 4032 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the |
4033 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. | 4033 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. |
4034 | 4034 | ||
4035 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: | 4035 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: |
4036 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the | 4036 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the |
4037 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. | 4037 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. |
4038 | 4038 | ||
4039 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER | 4039 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER |
4040 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver | 4040 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver |
4041 | in the drivers directory | 4041 | in the drivers directory |
4042 | 4042 | ||
4043 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD | 4043 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD |
4044 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver | 4044 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver |
4045 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash | 4045 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash |
4046 | to the MTD layer. | 4046 | to the MTD layer. |
4047 | 4047 | ||
4048 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE | 4048 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE |
4049 | Use buffered writes to flash. | 4049 | Use buffered writes to flash. |
4050 | 4050 | ||
4051 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N | 4051 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N |
4052 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered | 4052 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered |
4053 | write commands. | 4053 | write commands. |
4054 | 4054 | ||
4055 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST | 4055 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST |
4056 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't | 4056 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't |
4057 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This | 4057 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This |
4058 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only | 4058 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only |
4059 | optionally available. | 4059 | optionally available. |
4060 | 4060 | ||
4061 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS | 4061 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS |
4062 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown | 4062 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown |
4063 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 | 4063 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 |
4064 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. | 4064 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. |
4065 | 4065 | ||
4066 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY | 4066 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY |
4067 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared | 4067 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared |
4068 | against the source after the write operation. An error message | 4068 | against the source after the write operation. An error message |
4069 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. | 4069 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. |
4070 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, | 4070 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, |
4071 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier | 4071 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier |
4072 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable | 4072 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable |
4073 | this option if you really know what you are doing. | 4073 | this option if you really know what you are doing. |
4074 | 4074 | ||
4075 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: | 4075 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: |
4076 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some | 4076 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some |
4077 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value | 4077 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value |
4078 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all | 4078 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all |
4079 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface | 4079 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface |
4080 | on high Ethernet traffic. | 4080 | on high Ethernet traffic. |
4081 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. | 4081 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. |
4082 | 4082 | ||
4083 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES | 4083 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES |
4084 | 4084 | ||
4085 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used | 4085 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used |
4086 | internally to store the environment settings. The default | 4086 | internally to store the environment settings. The default |
4087 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most | 4087 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most |
4088 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see | 4088 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see |
4089 | lib/hashtable.c for details. | 4089 | lib/hashtable.c for details. |
4090 | 4090 | ||
4091 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 4091 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
4092 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 4092 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
4093 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when | 4093 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when |
4094 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, | 4094 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, |
4095 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, | 4095 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, |
4096 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. | 4096 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. |
4097 | 4097 | ||
4098 | The format of the list is: | 4098 | The format of the list is: |
4099 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] | 4099 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] |
4100 | access_attribute = [a|r|o|c] | 4100 | access_attribute = [a|r|o|c] |
4101 | attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute] | 4101 | attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute] |
4102 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] | 4102 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] |
4103 | list = entry[,list] | 4103 | list = entry[,list] |
4104 | 4104 | ||
4105 | The type attributes are: | 4105 | The type attributes are: |
4106 | s - String (default) | 4106 | s - String (default) |
4107 | d - Decimal | 4107 | d - Decimal |
4108 | x - Hexadecimal | 4108 | x - Hexadecimal |
4109 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) | 4109 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) |
4110 | i - IP address | 4110 | i - IP address |
4111 | m - MAC address | 4111 | m - MAC address |
4112 | 4112 | ||
4113 | The access attributes are: | 4113 | The access attributes are: |
4114 | a - Any (default) | 4114 | a - Any (default) |
4115 | r - Read-only | 4115 | r - Read-only |
4116 | o - Write-once | 4116 | o - Write-once |
4117 | c - Change-default | 4117 | c - Change-default |
4118 | 4118 | ||
4119 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 4119 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
4120 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" | 4120 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" |
4121 | environment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 4121 | environment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
4122 | 4122 | ||
4123 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 4123 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
4124 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that | 4124 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that |
4125 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" | 4125 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" |
4126 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static | 4126 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static |
4127 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the | 4127 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the |
4128 | ".flags" variable. | 4128 | ".flags" variable. |
4129 | 4129 | ||
4130 | If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a | 4130 | If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a |
4131 | regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same | 4131 | regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same |
4132 | flags without explicitly listing them for each variable. | 4132 | flags without explicitly listing them for each variable. |
4133 | 4133 | ||
4134 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE | 4134 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE |
4135 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable | 4135 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable |
4136 | access flags. | 4136 | access flags. |
4137 | 4137 | ||
4138 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD | 4138 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD |
4139 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the | 4139 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the |
4140 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards | 4140 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards |
4141 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the | 4141 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the |
4142 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and | 4142 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and |
4143 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture | 4143 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture |
4144 | must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig). | 4144 | must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig). |
4145 | If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report | 4145 | If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report |
4146 | the problem and send patches! | 4146 | the problem and send patches! |
4147 | 4147 | ||
4148 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) | 4148 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) |
4149 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should | 4149 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should |
4150 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how | 4150 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how |
4151 | the value can be calculated on a given board. | 4151 | the value can be calculated on a given board. |
4152 | 4152 | ||
4153 | - CONFIG_USE_STDINT | 4153 | - CONFIG_USE_STDINT |
4154 | If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this | 4154 | If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this |
4155 | option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when | 4155 | option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when |
4156 | building U-Boot to enable this. | 4156 | building U-Boot to enable this. |
4157 | 4157 | ||
4158 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management | 4158 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management |
4159 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the | 4159 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the |
4160 | following configurations: | 4160 | following configurations: |
4161 | 4161 | ||
4162 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: | 4162 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: |
4163 | 4163 | ||
4164 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils | 4164 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils |
4165 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. | 4165 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. |
4166 | 4166 | ||
4167 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: | 4167 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: |
4168 | 4168 | ||
4169 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. | 4169 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. |
4170 | 4170 | ||
4171 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is | 4171 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is |
4172 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This | 4172 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This |
4173 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot | 4173 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot |
4174 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller | 4174 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller |
4175 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a | 4175 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a |
4176 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In | 4176 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In |
4177 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the | 4177 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the |
4178 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With | 4178 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With |
4179 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the | 4179 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the |
4180 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap | 4180 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap |
4181 | between U-Boot and the environment. | 4181 | between U-Boot and the environment. |
4182 | 4182 | ||
4183 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4183 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4184 | 4184 | ||
4185 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the | 4185 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the |
4186 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot | 4186 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot |
4187 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset | 4187 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset |
4188 | for this sector is given here. | 4188 | for this sector is given here. |
4189 | 4189 | ||
4190 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. | 4190 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. |
4191 | 4191 | ||
4192 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 4192 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
4193 | 4193 | ||
4194 | This is just another way to specify the start address of | 4194 | This is just another way to specify the start address of |
4195 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of | 4195 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of |
4196 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). | 4196 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). |
4197 | 4197 | ||
4198 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: | 4198 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: |
4199 | 4199 | ||
4200 | Size of the sector containing the environment. | 4200 | Size of the sector containing the environment. |
4201 | 4201 | ||
4202 | 4202 | ||
4203 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. | 4203 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. |
4204 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for | 4204 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for |
4205 | the environment. | 4205 | the environment. |
4206 | 4206 | ||
4207 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4207 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4208 | 4208 | ||
4209 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH | 4209 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH |
4210 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part | 4210 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part |
4211 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves | 4211 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves |
4212 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. | 4212 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. |
4213 | 4213 | ||
4214 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this | 4214 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this |
4215 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, | 4215 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, |
4216 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used | 4216 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used |
4217 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is | 4217 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is |
4218 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: | 4218 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: |
4219 | updating the environment in flash makes it always | 4219 | updating the environment in flash makes it always |
4220 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes | 4220 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes |
4221 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in | 4221 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in |
4222 | RAM, your target system will be dead. | 4222 | RAM, your target system will be dead. |
4223 | 4223 | ||
4224 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND | 4224 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND |
4225 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND | 4225 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND |
4226 | 4226 | ||
4227 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold | 4227 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold |
4228 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is | 4228 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is |
4229 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during | 4229 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during |
4230 | a "saveenv" operation. | 4230 | a "saveenv" operation. |
4231 | 4231 | ||
4232 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the | 4232 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the |
4233 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* | 4233 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* |
4234 | accordingly! | 4234 | accordingly! |
4235 | 4235 | ||
4236 | 4236 | ||
4237 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: | 4237 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: |
4238 | 4238 | ||
4239 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device | 4239 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device |
4240 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the | 4240 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the |
4241 | environment. | 4241 | environment. |
4242 | 4242 | ||
4243 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 4243 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
4244 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4244 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4245 | 4245 | ||
4246 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you | 4246 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you |
4247 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory | 4247 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory |
4248 | can just be read and written to, without any special | 4248 | can just be read and written to, without any special |
4249 | provision. | 4249 | provision. |
4250 | 4250 | ||
4251 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early | 4251 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early |
4252 | in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the | 4252 | in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the |
4253 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or | 4253 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or |
4254 | U-Boot will hang. | 4254 | U-Boot will hang. |
4255 | 4255 | ||
4256 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the | 4256 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the |
4257 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to | 4257 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to |
4258 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" | 4258 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" |
4259 | to save the current settings. | 4259 | to save the current settings. |
4260 | 4260 | ||
4261 | 4261 | ||
4262 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: | 4262 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: |
4263 | 4263 | ||
4264 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access | 4264 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access |
4265 | device and a driver for it. | 4265 | device and a driver for it. |
4266 | 4266 | ||
4267 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4267 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4268 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4268 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4269 | 4269 | ||
4270 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | 4270 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the |
4271 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. | 4271 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. |
4272 | 4272 | ||
4273 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: | 4273 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: |
4274 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. | 4274 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. |
4275 | The default address is zero. | 4275 | The default address is zero. |
4276 | 4276 | ||
4277 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS: | 4277 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS: |
4278 | If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device. | 4278 | If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device. |
4279 | 4279 | ||
4280 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: | 4280 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: |
4281 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a | 4281 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a |
4282 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example | 4282 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example |
4283 | would require six bits. | 4283 | would require six bits. |
4284 | 4284 | ||
4285 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: | 4285 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: |
4286 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between | 4286 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between |
4287 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. | 4287 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. |
4288 | 4288 | ||
4289 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: | 4289 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: |
4290 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note | 4290 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note |
4291 | that this is NOT the chip address length! | 4291 | that this is NOT the chip address length! |
4292 | 4292 | ||
4293 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: | 4293 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: |
4294 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones | 4294 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones |
4295 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of | 4295 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of |
4296 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit | 4296 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit |
4297 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 | 4297 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 |
4298 | byte chips. | 4298 | byte chips. |
4299 | 4299 | ||
4300 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to | 4300 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to |
4301 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden | 4301 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden |
4302 | in the chip address. | 4302 | in the chip address. |
4303 | 4303 | ||
4304 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: | 4304 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: |
4305 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. | 4305 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. |
4306 | 4306 | ||
4307 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C | 4307 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C |
4308 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your | 4308 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your |
4309 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. | 4309 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. |
4310 | 4310 | ||
4311 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS | 4311 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS |
4312 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over | 4312 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over |
4313 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this | 4313 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this |
4314 | EEPROM. For example: | 4314 | EEPROM. For example: |
4315 | 4315 | ||
4316 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 | 4316 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 |
4317 | 4317 | ||
4318 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over | 4318 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over |
4319 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. | 4319 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. |
4320 | 4320 | ||
4321 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: | 4321 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: |
4322 | 4322 | ||
4323 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you | 4323 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you |
4324 | want to use for the environment. | 4324 | want to use for the environment. |
4325 | 4325 | ||
4326 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4326 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4327 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 4327 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
4328 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4328 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4329 | 4329 | ||
4330 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the | 4330 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the |
4331 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed | 4331 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed |
4332 | at the specified address. | 4332 | at the specified address. |
4333 | 4333 | ||
4334 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH: | 4334 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH: |
4335 | 4335 | ||
4336 | Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you | 4336 | Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you |
4337 | want to use for the environment. | 4337 | want to use for the environment. |
4338 | 4338 | ||
4339 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4339 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4340 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4340 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4341 | 4341 | ||
4342 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | 4342 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the |
4343 | environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be | 4343 | environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be |
4344 | aligned to an erase sector boundary. | 4344 | aligned to an erase sector boundary. |
4345 | 4345 | ||
4346 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: | 4346 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: |
4347 | 4347 | ||
4348 | Define the SPI flash's sector size. | 4348 | Define the SPI flash's sector size. |
4349 | 4349 | ||
4350 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 4350 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
4351 | 4351 | ||
4352 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE | 4352 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE |
4353 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so | 4353 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so |
4354 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | 4354 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure |
4355 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be | 4355 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be |
4356 | aligned to an erase sector boundary. | 4356 | aligned to an erase sector boundary. |
4357 | 4357 | ||
4358 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional): | 4358 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional): |
4359 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional): | 4359 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional): |
4360 | 4360 | ||
4361 | Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0. | 4361 | Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0. |
4362 | 4362 | ||
4363 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional): | 4363 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional): |
4364 | 4364 | ||
4365 | Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz. | 4365 | Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz. |
4366 | 4366 | ||
4367 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional): | 4367 | - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional): |
4368 | 4368 | ||
4369 | Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3. | 4369 | Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3. |
4370 | 4370 | ||
4371 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: | 4371 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: |
4372 | 4372 | ||
4373 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you | 4373 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you |
4374 | want to use for the local device's environment. | 4374 | want to use for the local device's environment. |
4375 | 4375 | ||
4376 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 4376 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
4377 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4377 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4378 | 4378 | ||
4379 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the | 4379 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the |
4380 | environment area within the remote memory space. The | 4380 | environment area within the remote memory space. The |
4381 | local device can get the environment from remote memory | 4381 | local device can get the environment from remote memory |
4382 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. | 4382 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. |
4383 | 4383 | ||
4384 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use | 4384 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use |
4385 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the | 4385 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the |
4386 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, | 4386 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, |
4387 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. | 4387 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. |
4388 | 4388 | ||
4389 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: | 4389 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: |
4390 | 4390 | ||
4391 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use | 4391 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use |
4392 | for the environment. | 4392 | for the environment. |
4393 | 4393 | ||
4394 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4394 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4395 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4395 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4396 | 4396 | ||
4397 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 4397 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
4398 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be | 4398 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be |
4399 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 4399 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
4400 | 4400 | ||
4401 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 4401 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
4402 | 4402 | ||
4403 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE | 4403 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE |
4404 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so | 4404 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so |
4405 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | 4405 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure |
4406 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be | 4406 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be |
4407 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 4407 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
4408 | 4408 | ||
4409 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): | 4409 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): |
4410 | 4410 | ||
4411 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment | 4411 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment |
4412 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's | 4412 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's |
4413 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than | 4413 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than |
4414 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within | 4414 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within |
4415 | the range to be avoided. | 4415 | the range to be avoided. |
4416 | 4416 | ||
4417 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): | 4417 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): |
4418 | 4418 | ||
4419 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the | 4419 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the |
4420 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The | 4420 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The |
4421 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. | 4421 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. |
4422 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when | 4422 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when |
4423 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. | 4423 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. |
4424 | 4424 | ||
4425 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST | 4425 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST |
4426 | 4426 | ||
4427 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the | 4427 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the |
4428 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to | 4428 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to |
4429 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 4429 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
4430 | 4430 | ||
4431 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: | 4431 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: |
4432 | 4432 | ||
4433 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the | 4433 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the |
4434 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment | 4434 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment |
4435 | accesses, which is important on NAND. | 4435 | accesses, which is important on NAND. |
4436 | 4436 | ||
4437 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: | 4437 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: |
4438 | 4438 | ||
4439 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. | 4439 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. |
4440 | 4440 | ||
4441 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: | 4441 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: |
4442 | 4442 | ||
4443 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the | 4443 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the |
4444 | environment in. | 4444 | environment in. |
4445 | 4445 | ||
4446 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: | 4446 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: |
4447 | 4447 | ||
4448 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of | 4448 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of |
4449 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. | 4449 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. |
4450 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. | 4450 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. |
4451 | 4451 | ||
4452 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 4452 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
4453 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 4453 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
4454 | 4454 | ||
4455 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system | 4455 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system |
4456 | when storing the env in UBI. | 4456 | when storing the env in UBI. |
4457 | 4457 | ||
4458 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT: | 4458 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT: |
4459 | Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment. | 4459 | Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment. |
4460 | 4460 | ||
4461 | - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE: | 4461 | - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE: |
4462 | 4462 | ||
4463 | Define this to a string that is the name of the block device. | 4463 | Define this to a string that is the name of the block device. |
4464 | 4464 | ||
4465 | - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART: | 4465 | - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART: |
4466 | 4466 | ||
4467 | Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can | 4467 | Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can |
4468 | be as following: | 4468 | be as following: |
4469 | 4469 | ||
4470 | "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1) | 4470 | "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1) |
4471 | - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no | 4471 | - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no |
4472 | partition table. | 4472 | partition table. |
4473 | - "D:0": device D. | 4473 | - "D:0": device D. |
4474 | - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition | 4474 | - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition |
4475 | table, or the whole device D if has no partition | 4475 | table, or the whole device D if has no partition |
4476 | table. | 4476 | table. |
4477 | - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set. | 4477 | - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set. |
4478 | If none, first valid partition in device D. If no | 4478 | If none, first valid partition in device D. If no |
4479 | partition table then means device D. | 4479 | partition table then means device D. |
4480 | 4480 | ||
4481 | - FAT_ENV_FILE: | 4481 | - FAT_ENV_FILE: |
4482 | 4482 | ||
4483 | It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the | 4483 | It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the |
4484 | environment. | 4484 | environment. |
4485 | 4485 | ||
4486 | - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE: | 4486 | - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE: |
4487 | This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file. | 4487 | This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file. |
4488 | 4488 | ||
4489 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: | 4489 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: |
4490 | 4490 | ||
4491 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the | 4491 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the |
4492 | environment. | 4492 | environment. |
4493 | 4493 | ||
4494 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: | 4494 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: |
4495 | 4495 | ||
4496 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. | 4496 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. |
4497 | 4497 | ||
4498 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): | 4498 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): |
4499 | 4499 | ||
4500 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not | 4500 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not |
4501 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be | 4501 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be |
4502 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). | 4502 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). |
4503 | 4503 | ||
4504 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4504 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4505 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4505 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4506 | 4506 | ||
4507 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 4507 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
4508 | area within the specified MMC device. | 4508 | area within the specified MMC device. |
4509 | 4509 | ||
4510 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to | 4510 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to |
4511 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated | 4511 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated |
4512 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if | 4512 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if |
4513 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have | 4513 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have |
4514 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the | 4514 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the |
4515 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the | 4515 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the |
4516 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. | 4516 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. |
4517 | 4517 | ||
4518 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an | 4518 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an |
4519 | MMC sector boundary. | 4519 | MMC sector boundary. |
4520 | 4520 | ||
4521 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 4521 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
4522 | 4522 | ||
4523 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to | 4523 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to |
4524 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a | 4524 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a |
4525 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due | 4525 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due |
4526 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. | 4526 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. |
4527 | 4527 | ||
4528 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the | 4528 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the |
4529 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. | 4529 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. |
4530 | 4530 | ||
4531 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to | 4531 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to |
4532 | an MMC sector boundary. | 4532 | an MMC sector boundary. |
4533 | 4533 | ||
4534 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): | 4534 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): |
4535 | 4535 | ||
4536 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is | 4536 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is |
4537 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as | 4537 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as |
4538 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 4538 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
4539 | 4539 | ||
4540 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET | 4540 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET |
4541 | 4541 | ||
4542 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The | 4542 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The |
4543 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment | 4543 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment |
4544 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte | 4544 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte |
4545 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization | 4545 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization |
4546 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems | 4546 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems |
4547 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the | 4547 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the |
4548 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. | 4548 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. |
4549 | 4549 | ||
4550 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor | 4550 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor |
4551 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been | 4551 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been |
4552 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() | 4552 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() |
4553 | until then to read environment variables. | 4553 | until then to read environment variables. |
4554 | 4554 | ||
4555 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor | 4555 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor |
4556 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working | 4556 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working |
4557 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is | 4557 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is |
4558 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the | 4558 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the |
4559 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't | 4559 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't |
4560 | have any device yet where we could complain.] | 4560 | have any device yet where we could complain.] |
4561 | 4561 | ||
4562 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if | 4562 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if |
4563 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you | 4563 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you |
4564 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. | 4564 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. |
4565 | 4565 | ||
4566 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: | 4566 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: |
4567 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. | 4567 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. |
4568 | 4568 | ||
4569 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR | 4569 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR |
4570 | also needs to be defined. | 4570 | also needs to be defined. |
4571 | 4571 | ||
4572 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: | 4572 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: |
4573 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. | 4573 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. |
4574 | 4574 | ||
4575 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: | 4575 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: |
4576 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init | 4576 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init |
4577 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at | 4577 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at |
4578 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving | 4578 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving |
4579 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not | 4579 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not |
4580 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. | 4580 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. |
4581 | 4581 | ||
4582 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO | 4582 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO |
4583 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on | 4583 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on |
4584 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called | 4584 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called |
4585 | to do this. | 4585 | to do this. |
4586 | 4586 | ||
4587 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE | 4587 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE |
4588 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information | 4588 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information |
4589 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if | 4589 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if |
4590 | present. | 4590 | present. |
4591 | 4591 | ||
4592 | - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT: | 4592 | - CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT: |
4593 | Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the | 4593 | Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the |
4594 | build system checks that the actual size does not | 4594 | build system checks that the actual size does not |
4595 | exceed it. | 4595 | exceed it. |
4596 | 4596 | ||
4597 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: | 4597 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: |
4598 | --------------------------------------------------- | 4598 | --------------------------------------------------- |
4599 | 4599 | ||
4600 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: | 4600 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: |
4601 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. | 4601 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. |
4602 | 4602 | ||
4603 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: | 4603 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: |
4604 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. | 4604 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. |
4605 | 4605 | ||
4606 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, | 4606 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, |
4607 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of | 4607 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of |
4608 | the IMMR register after a reset. | 4608 | the IMMR register after a reset. |
4609 | 4609 | ||
4610 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: | 4610 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: |
4611 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale | 4611 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale |
4612 | PowerPC SOCs. | 4612 | PowerPC SOCs. |
4613 | 4613 | ||
4614 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: | 4614 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: |
4615 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically | 4615 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically |
4616 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. | 4616 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. |
4617 | 4617 | ||
4618 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, | 4618 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, |
4619 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. | 4619 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. |
4620 | 4620 | ||
4621 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: | 4621 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: |
4622 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new | 4622 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new |
4623 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should | 4623 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should |
4624 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the | 4624 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the |
4625 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR | 4625 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR |
4626 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended | 4626 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended |
4627 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: | 4627 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: |
4628 | 4628 | ||
4629 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH | 4629 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH |
4630 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) | 4630 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) |
4631 | 4631 | ||
4632 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: | 4632 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: |
4633 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically | 4633 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically |
4634 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is | 4634 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is |
4635 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4635 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4636 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4636 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4637 | 4637 | ||
4638 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: | 4638 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: |
4639 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is | 4639 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is |
4640 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4640 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4641 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4641 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4642 | 4642 | ||
4643 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: | 4643 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: |
4644 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be | 4644 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be |
4645 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. | 4645 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. |
4646 | 4646 | ||
4647 | - Floppy Disk Support: | 4647 | - Floppy Disk Support: |
4648 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER | 4648 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER |
4649 | 4649 | ||
4650 | the default drive number (default value 0) | 4650 | the default drive number (default value 0) |
4651 | 4651 | ||
4652 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE | 4652 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE |
4653 | 4653 | ||
4654 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers | 4654 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers |
4655 | (default value 1) | 4655 | (default value 1) |
4656 | 4656 | ||
4657 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET | 4657 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET |
4658 | 4658 | ||
4659 | defines the offset of register from address. It | 4659 | defines the offset of register from address. It |
4660 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to | 4660 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to |
4661 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) | 4661 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) |
4662 | 4662 | ||
4663 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and | 4663 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and |
4664 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their | 4664 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their |
4665 | default value. | 4665 | default value. |
4666 | 4666 | ||
4667 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function | 4667 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function |
4668 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC | 4668 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC |
4669 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board | 4669 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board |
4670 | source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent | 4670 | source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent |
4671 | initializations. | 4671 | initializations. |
4672 | 4672 | ||
4673 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: | 4673 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: |
4674 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI | 4674 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI |
4675 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. | 4675 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. |
4676 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to | 4676 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to |
4677 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional | 4677 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional |
4678 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller | 4678 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller |
4679 | is required. | 4679 | is required. |
4680 | 4680 | ||
4681 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. | 4681 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. |
4682 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're | 4682 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're |
4683 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] | 4683 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] |
4684 | 4684 | ||
4685 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: | 4685 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: |
4686 | 4686 | ||
4687 | Start address of memory area that can be used for | 4687 | Start address of memory area that can be used for |
4688 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be | 4688 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be |
4689 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special | 4689 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special |
4690 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which | 4690 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which |
4691 | will become available only after programming the | 4691 | will become available only after programming the |
4692 | memory controller and running certain initialization | 4692 | memory controller and running certain initialization |
4693 | sequences. | 4693 | sequences. |
4694 | 4694 | ||
4695 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: | 4695 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: |
4696 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) | 4696 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) |
4697 | - MPC824X: data cache | 4697 | - MPC824X: data cache |
4698 | - PPC4xx: data cache | 4698 | - PPC4xx: data cache |
4699 | 4699 | ||
4700 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: | 4700 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: |
4701 | 4701 | ||
4702 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory | 4702 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory |
4703 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually | 4703 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually |
4704 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial | 4704 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial |
4705 | data is located at the end of the available space | 4705 | data is located at the end of the available space |
4706 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - | 4706 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - |
4707 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just | 4707 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just |
4708 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + | 4708 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + |
4709 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. | 4709 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. |
4710 | 4710 | ||
4711 | Note: | 4711 | Note: |
4712 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data | 4712 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data |
4713 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for | 4713 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for |
4714 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must | 4714 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must |
4715 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between | 4715 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between |
4716 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. | 4716 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. |
4717 | 4717 | ||
4718 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) | 4718 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) |
4719 | 4719 | ||
4720 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) | 4720 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) |
4721 | 4721 | ||
4722 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) | 4722 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) |
4723 | 4723 | ||
4724 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) | 4724 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) |
4725 | 4725 | ||
4726 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) | 4726 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) |
4727 | 4727 | ||
4728 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) | 4728 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) |
4729 | 4729 | ||
4730 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: | 4730 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: |
4731 | SDRAM timing | 4731 | SDRAM timing |
4732 | 4732 | ||
4733 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: | 4733 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: |
4734 | periodic timer for refresh | 4734 | periodic timer for refresh |
4735 | 4735 | ||
4736 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) | 4736 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) |
4737 | 4737 | ||
4738 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, | 4738 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, |
4739 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, | 4739 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, |
4740 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, | 4740 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, |
4741 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: | 4741 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: |
4742 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) | 4742 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) |
4743 | 4743 | ||
4744 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, | 4744 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, |
4745 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, | 4745 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, |
4746 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: | 4746 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: |
4747 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) | 4747 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) |
4748 | 4748 | ||
4749 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, | 4749 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, |
4750 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: | 4750 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: |
4751 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer | 4751 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer |
4752 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) | 4752 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) |
4753 | 4753 | ||
4754 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4754 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4755 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4755 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4756 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] | 4756 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] |
4757 | 4757 | ||
4758 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4758 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4759 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4759 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4760 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] | 4760 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] |
4761 | 4761 | ||
4762 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4762 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4763 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4763 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4764 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] | 4764 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] |
4765 | 4765 | ||
4766 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: | 4766 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: |
4767 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, | 4767 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, |
4768 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read | 4768 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read |
4769 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! | 4769 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! |
4770 | 4770 | ||
4771 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) | 4771 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) |
4772 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post | 4772 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post |
4773 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides | 4773 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides |
4774 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. | 4774 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. |
4775 | cpm_8260.h. | 4775 | cpm_8260.h. |
4776 | 4776 | ||
4777 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4777 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4778 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, | 4778 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, |
4779 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, | 4779 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, |
4780 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4780 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4781 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, | 4781 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, |
4782 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, | 4782 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, |
4783 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, | 4783 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, |
4784 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) | 4784 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) |
4785 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. | 4785 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. |
4786 | 4786 | ||
4787 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: | 4787 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: |
4788 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not | 4788 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not |
4789 | required. | 4789 | required. |
4790 | 4790 | ||
4791 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY | 4791 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY |
4792 | Only scan through and get the devices on the buses. | 4792 | Only scan through and get the devices on the buses. |
4793 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or | 4793 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or |
4794 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it | 4794 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it |
4795 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted | 4795 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted |
4796 | by coreboot or similar. | 4796 | by coreboot or similar. |
4797 | 4797 | ||
4798 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: | 4798 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: |
4799 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. | 4799 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. |
4800 | 4800 | ||
4801 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: | 4801 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: |
4802 | Chip has SRIO or not | 4802 | Chip has SRIO or not |
4803 | 4803 | ||
4804 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: | 4804 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: |
4805 | Board has SRIO 1 port available | 4805 | Board has SRIO 1 port available |
4806 | 4806 | ||
4807 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: | 4807 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: |
4808 | Board has SRIO 2 port available | 4808 | Board has SRIO 2 port available |
4809 | 4809 | ||
4810 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER | 4810 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER |
4811 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE | 4811 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE |
4812 | 4812 | ||
4813 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: | 4813 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: |
4814 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4814 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4815 | 4815 | ||
4816 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: | 4816 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: |
4817 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4817 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4818 | 4818 | ||
4819 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: | 4819 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: |
4820 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4820 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4821 | 4821 | ||
4822 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT | 4822 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT |
4823 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using | 4823 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using |
4824 | a 16 bit bus. | 4824 | a 16 bit bus. |
4825 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. | 4825 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. |
4826 | Example of drivers that use it: | 4826 | Example of drivers that use it: |
4827 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c | 4827 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c |
4828 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c | 4828 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c |
4829 | 4829 | ||
4830 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG | 4830 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG |
4831 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined | 4831 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined |
4832 | a default value will be used. | 4832 | a default value will be used. |
4833 | 4833 | ||
4834 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM | 4834 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM |
4835 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common | 4835 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common |
4836 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs | 4836 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs |
4837 | 4837 | ||
4838 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS | 4838 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS |
4839 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM | 4839 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM |
4840 | 4840 | ||
4841 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 4841 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
4842 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first | 4842 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first |
4843 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve | 4843 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve |
4844 | to something your driver can deal with. | 4844 | to something your driver can deal with. |
4845 | 4845 | ||
4846 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING | 4846 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING |
4847 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with | 4847 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with |
4848 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing | 4848 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing |
4849 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into | 4849 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into |
4850 | header files or board specific files. | 4850 | header files or board specific files. |
4851 | 4851 | ||
4852 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE | 4852 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE |
4853 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. | 4853 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. |
4854 | 4854 | ||
4855 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH | 4855 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH |
4856 | Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers. | 4856 | Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers. |
4857 | 4857 | ||
4858 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST | 4858 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST |
4859 | Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers. | 4859 | Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers. |
4860 | 4860 | ||
4861 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 | 4861 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 |
4862 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should | 4862 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should |
4863 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. | 4863 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. |
4864 | 4864 | ||
4865 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] | 4865 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] |
4866 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. | 4866 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. |
4867 | 4867 | ||
4868 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY | 4868 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY |
4869 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds | 4869 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds |
4870 | to the given FEC; i. e. | 4870 | to the given FEC; i. e. |
4871 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 | 4871 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 |
4872 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 | 4872 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 |
4873 | 4873 | ||
4874 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. | 4874 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. |
4875 | 4875 | ||
4876 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR | 4876 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR |
4877 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). | 4877 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). |
4878 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). | 4878 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). |
4879 | 4879 | ||
4880 | - CONFIG_RMII | 4880 | - CONFIG_RMII |
4881 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. | 4881 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. |
4882 | Note that this is a global option, we can't | 4882 | Note that this is a global option, we can't |
4883 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. | 4883 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. |
4884 | 4884 | ||
4885 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY | 4885 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY |
4886 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. | 4886 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. |
4887 | The syntax is: | 4887 | The syntax is: |
4888 | 4888 | ||
4889 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> | 4889 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> |
4890 | 4890 | ||
4891 | Where address/count indicate a memory area | 4891 | Where address/count indicate a memory area |
4892 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the | 4892 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the |
4893 | area should have. | 4893 | area should have. |
4894 | 4894 | ||
4895 | - CONFIG_LOOPW | 4895 | - CONFIG_LOOPW |
4896 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if | 4896 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if |
4897 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4897 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4898 | 4898 | ||
4899 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC | 4899 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC |
4900 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic | 4900 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic |
4901 | "md/mw" commands. | 4901 | "md/mw" commands. |
4902 | Examples: | 4902 | Examples: |
4903 | 4903 | ||
4904 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 | 4904 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 |
4905 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. | 4905 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. |
4906 | 4906 | ||
4907 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 | 4907 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 |
4908 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. | 4908 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. |
4909 | 4909 | ||
4910 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated | 4910 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated |
4911 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4911 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4912 | 4912 | ||
4913 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT | 4913 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT |
4914 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain | 4914 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain |
4915 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory | 4915 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory |
4916 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not | 4916 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not |
4917 | relocate itself into RAM. | 4917 | relocate itself into RAM. |
4918 | 4918 | ||
4919 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only | 4919 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only |
4920 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some | 4920 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some |
4921 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs | 4921 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs |
4922 | these initializations itself. | 4922 | these initializations itself. |
4923 | 4923 | ||
4924 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 4924 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
4925 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4925 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4926 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when | 4926 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when |
4927 | compiling a NAND SPL. | 4927 | compiling a NAND SPL. |
4928 | 4928 | ||
4929 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD | 4929 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD |
4930 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4930 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4931 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. | 4931 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. |
4932 | It is loaded by the SPL. | 4932 | It is loaded by the SPL. |
4933 | 4933 | ||
4934 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC | 4934 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC |
4935 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section | 4935 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section |
4936 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the | 4936 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the |
4937 | previous 4k of the .text section. | 4937 | previous 4k of the .text section. |
4938 | 4938 | ||
4939 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM | 4939 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM |
4940 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses | 4940 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses |
4941 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard | 4941 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard |
4942 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated | 4942 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated |
4943 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since | 4943 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since |
4944 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all | 4944 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all |
4945 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses | 4945 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses |
4946 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). | 4946 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). |
4947 | 4947 | ||
4948 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY | 4948 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY |
4949 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET | 4949 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET |
4950 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will | 4950 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will |
4951 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some | 4951 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some |
4952 | conditions but may increase the binary size. | 4952 | conditions but may increase the binary size. |
4953 | 4953 | ||
4954 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR | 4954 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR |
4955 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not | 4955 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not |
4956 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. | 4956 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. |
4957 | 4957 | ||
4958 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK | 4958 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK |
4959 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). | 4959 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). |
4960 | 4960 | ||
4961 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. | 4961 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. |
4962 | 4962 | ||
4963 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: | 4963 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: |
4964 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms | 4964 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms |
4965 | 4965 | ||
4966 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE | 4966 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE |
4967 | Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver | 4967 | Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver |
4968 | driver that uses this: | 4968 | driver that uses this: |
4969 | drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c | 4969 | drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c |
4970 | 4970 | ||
4971 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: | 4971 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: |
4972 | ----------------------------------- | 4972 | ----------------------------------- |
4973 | 4973 | ||
4974 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the | 4974 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the |
4975 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. | 4975 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. |
4976 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | 4976 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros |
4977 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | 4977 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address |
4978 | within that device. | 4978 | within that device. |
4979 | 4979 | ||
4980 | - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR | 4980 | - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR |
4981 | The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The | 4981 | The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The |
4982 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 4982 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro |
4983 | is also specified. | 4983 | is also specified. |
4984 | 4984 | ||
4985 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR | 4985 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR |
4986 | The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The | 4986 | The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The |
4987 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 4987 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro |
4988 | is also specified. | 4988 | is also specified. |
4989 | 4989 | ||
4990 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH | 4990 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH |
4991 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format | 4991 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format |
4992 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | 4992 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it |
4993 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | 4993 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some |
4994 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | 4994 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. |
4995 | 4995 | ||
4996 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR | 4996 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR |
4997 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | 4997 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as |
4998 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the | 4998 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the |
4999 | virtual address in NOR flash. | 4999 | virtual address in NOR flash. |
5000 | 5000 | ||
5001 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND | 5001 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND |
5002 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. | 5002 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. |
5003 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. | 5003 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. |
5004 | 5004 | ||
5005 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC | 5005 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC |
5006 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC | 5006 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC |
5007 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 5007 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
5008 | 5008 | ||
5009 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH | 5009 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH |
5010 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI | 5010 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI |
5011 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 5011 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
5012 | 5012 | ||
5013 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE | 5013 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE |
5014 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) | 5014 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) |
5015 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which | 5015 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which |
5016 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound | 5016 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound |
5017 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in | 5017 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in |
5018 | master's memory space. | 5018 | master's memory space. |
5019 | 5019 | ||
5020 | Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support: | 5020 | Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support: |
5021 | --------------------------------------------------------- | 5021 | --------------------------------------------------------- |
5022 | The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of | 5022 | The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of |
5023 | "firmware". | 5023 | "firmware". |
5024 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | 5024 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros |
5025 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | 5025 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address |
5026 | within that device. | 5026 | within that device. |
5027 | 5027 | ||
5028 | - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET | 5028 | - CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET |
5029 | Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs. | 5029 | Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs. |
5030 | 5030 | ||
5031 | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR | 5031 | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR |
5032 | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The | 5032 | The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The |
5033 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro | 5033 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro |
5034 | is also specified. | 5034 | is also specified. |
5035 | 5035 | ||
5036 | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH | 5036 | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH |
5037 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format | 5037 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format |
5038 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | 5038 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it |
5039 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | 5039 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some |
5040 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | 5040 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. |
5041 | 5041 | ||
5042 | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR | 5042 | - CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR |
5043 | Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | 5043 | Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as |
5044 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the | 5044 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the |
5045 | virtual address in NOR flash. | 5045 | virtual address in NOR flash. |
5046 | 5046 | ||
5047 | Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support: | 5047 | Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support: |
5048 | ------------------------------------------- | 5048 | ------------------------------------------- |
5049 | The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of | 5049 | The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of |
5050 | "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom. | 5050 | "Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom. |
5051 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting. | 5051 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting. |
5052 | 5052 | ||
5053 | - CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER | 5053 | - CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER |
5054 | Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs. | 5054 | Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs. |
5055 | 5055 | ||
5056 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE | 5056 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE |
5057 | Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image | 5057 | Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image |
5058 | 5058 | ||
5059 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN | 5059 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN |
5060 | Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory | 5060 | Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory |
5061 | 5061 | ||
5062 | Reproducible builds | 5062 | Reproducible builds |
5063 | ------------------- | 5063 | ------------------- |
5064 | 5064 | ||
5065 | In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build | 5065 | In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build |
5066 | process have to be set to a fixed value. | 5066 | process have to be set to a fixed value. |
5067 | 5067 | ||
5068 | This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable. | 5068 | This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable. |
5069 | SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration | 5069 | SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration |
5070 | option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot. | 5070 | option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot. |
5071 | 5071 | ||
5072 | SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC. | 5072 | SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC. |
5073 | 5073 | ||
5074 | Building the Software: | 5074 | Building the Software: |
5075 | ====================== | 5075 | ====================== |
5076 | 5076 | ||
5077 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments | 5077 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments |
5078 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support | 5078 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support |
5079 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all | 5079 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all |
5080 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we | 5080 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we |
5081 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) | 5081 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) |
5082 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. | 5082 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. |
5083 | 5083 | ||
5084 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you | 5084 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you |
5085 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, | 5085 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, |
5086 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. | 5086 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. |
5087 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are | 5087 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are |
5088 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: | 5088 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: |
5089 | 5089 | ||
5090 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- | 5090 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- |
5091 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE | 5091 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE |
5092 | 5092 | ||
5093 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in | 5093 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in |
5094 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain | 5094 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain |
5095 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW | 5095 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW |
5096 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: | 5096 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: |
5097 | 5097 | ||
5098 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools | 5098 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools |
5099 | 5099 | ||
5100 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can | 5100 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can |
5101 | be executed on computers running Windows. | 5101 | be executed on computers running Windows. |
5102 | 5102 | ||
5103 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the | 5103 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the |
5104 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This | 5104 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This |
5105 | is done by typing: | 5105 | is done by typing: |
5106 | 5106 | ||
5107 | make NAME_defconfig | 5107 | make NAME_defconfig |
5108 | 5108 | ||
5109 | where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu- | 5109 | where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu- |
5110 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. | 5110 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. |
5111 | 5111 | ||
5112 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if | 5112 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if |
5113 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for | 5113 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for |
5114 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) | 5114 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) |
5115 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" | 5115 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" |
5116 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. | 5116 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. |
5117 | 5117 | ||
5118 | make TQM823L_defconfig | 5118 | make TQM823L_defconfig |
5119 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support | 5119 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support |
5120 | 5120 | ||
5121 | make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig | 5121 | make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig |
5122 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD | 5122 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD |
5123 | 5123 | ||
5124 | etc. | 5124 | etc. |
5125 | 5125 | ||
5126 | 5126 | ||
5127 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot | 5127 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot |
5128 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: | 5128 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: |
5129 | 5129 | ||
5130 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image | 5130 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image |
5131 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format | 5131 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format |
5132 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format | 5132 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format |
5133 | 5133 | ||
5134 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved | 5134 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved |
5135 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change | 5135 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change |
5136 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: | 5136 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: |
5137 | 5137 | ||
5138 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: | 5138 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: |
5139 | 5139 | ||
5140 | make O=/tmp/build distclean | 5140 | make O=/tmp/build distclean |
5141 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig | 5141 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig |
5142 | make O=/tmp/build all | 5142 | make O=/tmp/build all |
5143 | 5143 | ||
5144 | 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location: | 5144 | 2. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location: |
5145 | 5145 | ||
5146 | export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build | 5146 | export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build |
5147 | make distclean | 5147 | make distclean |
5148 | make NAME_defconfig | 5148 | make NAME_defconfig |
5149 | make all | 5149 | make all |
5150 | 5150 | ||
5151 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment | 5151 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment |
5152 | variable. | 5152 | variable. |
5153 | 5153 | ||
5154 | 5154 | ||
5155 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so | 5155 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so |
5156 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of | 5156 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of |
5157 | native "make". | 5157 | native "make". |
5158 | 5158 | ||
5159 | 5159 | ||
5160 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need | 5160 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need |
5161 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these | 5161 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these |
5162 | steps: | 5162 | steps: |
5163 | 5163 | ||
5164 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel | 5164 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel |
5165 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. | 5165 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. |
5166 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. | 5166 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. |
5167 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any | 5167 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any |
5168 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least | 5168 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least |
5169 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". | 5169 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". |
5170 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for | 5170 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for |
5171 | your board | 5171 | your board |
5172 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new | 5172 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new |
5173 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. | 5173 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. |
5174 | 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name. | 5174 | 4. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name. |
5175 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file | 5175 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file |
5176 | to be installed on your target system. | 5176 | to be installed on your target system. |
5177 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. | 5177 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. |
5178 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] | 5178 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] |
5179 | 5179 | ||
5180 | 5180 | ||
5181 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: | 5181 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: |
5182 | ============================================================== | 5182 | ============================================================== |
5183 | 5183 | ||
5184 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board | 5184 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board |
5185 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to | 5185 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to |
5186 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes | 5186 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes |
5187 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest | 5187 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest |
5188 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. | 5188 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. |
5189 | 5189 | ||
5190 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- | 5190 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- |
5191 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of | 5191 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of |
5192 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, | 5192 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, |
5193 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot | 5193 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot |
5194 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can | 5194 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can |
5195 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' | 5195 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' |
5196 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools | 5196 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools |
5197 | you can type | 5197 | you can type |
5198 | 5198 | ||
5199 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 5199 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
5200 | 5200 | ||
5201 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type | 5201 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type |
5202 | 5202 | ||
5203 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL | 5203 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL |
5204 | 5204 | ||
5205 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build | 5205 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build |
5206 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by | 5206 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by |
5207 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target | 5207 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target |
5208 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and | 5208 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and |
5209 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default | 5209 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default |
5210 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment | 5210 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment |
5211 | variable. For example: | 5211 | variable. For example: |
5212 | 5212 | ||
5213 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 5213 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build |
5214 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log | 5214 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log |
5215 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 5215 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
5216 | 5216 | ||
5217 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, | 5217 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, |
5218 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean | 5218 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean |
5219 | during the whole build process. | 5219 | during the whole build process. |
5220 | 5220 | ||
5221 | 5221 | ||
5222 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. | 5222 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. |
5223 | 5223 | ||
5224 | 5224 | ||
5225 | Monitor Commands - Overview: | 5225 | Monitor Commands - Overview: |
5226 | ============================ | 5226 | ============================ |
5227 | 5227 | ||
5228 | go - start application at address 'addr' | 5228 | go - start application at address 'addr' |
5229 | run - run commands in an environment variable | 5229 | run - run commands in an environment variable |
5230 | bootm - boot application image from memory | 5230 | bootm - boot application image from memory |
5231 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol | 5231 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol |
5232 | bootz - boot zImage from memory | 5232 | bootz - boot zImage from memory |
5233 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol | 5233 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol |
5234 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" | 5234 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" |
5235 | (and eventually "gatewayip") | 5235 | (and eventually "gatewayip") |
5236 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol | 5236 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol |
5237 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol | 5237 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol |
5238 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' | 5238 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' |
5239 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line | 5239 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line |
5240 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) | 5240 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) |
5241 | md - memory display | 5241 | md - memory display |
5242 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) | 5242 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) |
5243 | nm - memory modify (constant address) | 5243 | nm - memory modify (constant address) |
5244 | mw - memory write (fill) | 5244 | mw - memory write (fill) |
5245 | cp - memory copy | 5245 | cp - memory copy |
5246 | cmp - memory compare | 5246 | cmp - memory compare |
5247 | crc32 - checksum calculation | 5247 | crc32 - checksum calculation |
5248 | i2c - I2C sub-system | 5248 | i2c - I2C sub-system |
5249 | sspi - SPI utility commands | 5249 | sspi - SPI utility commands |
5250 | base - print or set address offset | 5250 | base - print or set address offset |
5251 | printenv- print environment variables | 5251 | printenv- print environment variables |
5252 | setenv - set environment variables | 5252 | setenv - set environment variables |
5253 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage | 5253 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage |
5254 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection | 5254 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection |
5255 | erase - erase FLASH memory | 5255 | erase - erase FLASH memory |
5256 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information | 5256 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information |
5257 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) | 5257 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) |
5258 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure | 5258 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure |
5259 | iminfo - print header information for application image | 5259 | iminfo - print header information for application image |
5260 | coninfo - print console devices and informations | 5260 | coninfo - print console devices and informations |
5261 | ide - IDE sub-system | 5261 | ide - IDE sub-system |
5262 | loop - infinite loop on address range | 5262 | loop - infinite loop on address range |
5263 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range | 5263 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range |
5264 | mtest - simple RAM test | 5264 | mtest - simple RAM test |
5265 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache | 5265 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache |
5266 | dcache - enable or disable data cache | 5266 | dcache - enable or disable data cache |
5267 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU | 5267 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU |
5268 | echo - echo args to console | 5268 | echo - echo args to console |
5269 | version - print monitor version | 5269 | version - print monitor version |
5270 | help - print online help | 5270 | help - print online help |
5271 | ? - alias for 'help' | 5271 | ? - alias for 'help' |
5272 | 5272 | ||
5273 | 5273 | ||
5274 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: | 5274 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: |
5275 | ======================================== | 5275 | ======================================== |
5276 | 5276 | ||
5277 | TODO. | 5277 | TODO. |
5278 | 5278 | ||
5279 | For now: just type "help <command>". | 5279 | For now: just type "help <command>". |
5280 | 5280 | ||
5281 | 5281 | ||
5282 | Environment Variables: | 5282 | Environment Variables: |
5283 | ====================== | 5283 | ====================== |
5284 | 5284 | ||
5285 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which | 5285 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which |
5286 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. | 5286 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. |
5287 | 5287 | ||
5288 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using | 5288 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using |
5289 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" | 5289 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" |
5290 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the | 5290 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the |
5291 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are | 5291 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are |
5292 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the | 5292 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the |
5293 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. | 5293 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. |
5294 | 5294 | ||
5295 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. | 5295 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. |
5296 | 5296 | ||
5297 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): | 5297 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): |
5298 | 5298 | ||
5299 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE | 5299 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE |
5300 | 5300 | ||
5301 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 5301 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
5302 | 5302 | ||
5303 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 5303 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
5304 | 5304 | ||
5305 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image | 5305 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image |
5306 | 5306 | ||
5307 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP | 5307 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP |
5308 | 5308 | ||
5309 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 5309 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
5310 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 5310 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
5311 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed | 5311 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed |
5312 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" | 5312 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" |
5313 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is | 5313 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is |
5314 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux | 5314 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux |
5315 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and | 5315 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and |
5316 | bootm_mapsize. | 5316 | bootm_mapsize. |
5317 | 5317 | ||
5318 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. | 5318 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. |
5319 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it | 5319 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it |
5320 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base | 5320 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base |
5321 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel | 5321 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel |
5322 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used | 5322 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used |
5323 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is | 5323 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is |
5324 | used otherwise. | 5324 | used otherwise. |
5325 | 5325 | ||
5326 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 5326 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
5327 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 5327 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
5328 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region | 5328 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region |
5329 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" | 5329 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" |
5330 | environment variable. | 5330 | environment variable. |
5331 | 5331 | ||
5332 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used | 5332 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used |
5333 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to | 5333 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to |
5334 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. | 5334 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. |
5335 | 5335 | ||
5336 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), | 5336 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), |
5337 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the | 5337 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the |
5338 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to | 5338 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to |
5339 | load any image using TFTP | 5339 | load any image using TFTP |
5340 | 5340 | ||
5341 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", | 5341 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", |
5342 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will | 5342 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will |
5343 | be automatically started (by internally calling | 5343 | be automatically started (by internally calling |
5344 | "bootm") | 5344 | "bootm") |
5345 | 5345 | ||
5346 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the | 5346 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the |
5347 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address | 5347 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address |
5348 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. | 5348 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. |
5349 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary | 5349 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary |
5350 | data. | 5350 | data. |
5351 | 5351 | ||
5352 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the | 5352 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the |
5353 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. | 5353 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. |
5354 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory | 5354 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory |
5355 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel | 5355 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel |
5356 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you | 5356 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you |
5357 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the | 5357 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the |
5358 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address | 5358 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address |
5359 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can | 5359 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can |
5360 | access it during the boot procedure. | 5360 | access it during the boot procedure. |
5361 | 5361 | ||
5362 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then | 5362 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then |
5363 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this | 5363 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this |
5364 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have | 5364 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have |
5365 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to | 5365 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to |
5366 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory | 5366 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory |
5367 | must be accessible by the kernel. | 5367 | must be accessible by the kernel. |
5368 | 5368 | ||
5369 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened | 5369 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened |
5370 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is | 5370 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is |
5371 | defined. | 5371 | defined. |
5372 | 5372 | ||
5373 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 5373 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
5374 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast | 5374 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast |
5375 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in | 5375 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in |
5376 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective | 5376 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective |
5377 | it must be saved and board must be reset. | 5377 | it must be saved and board must be reset. |
5378 | 5378 | ||
5379 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: | 5379 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: |
5380 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be | 5380 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be |
5381 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this | 5381 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this |
5382 | is usually what you want since it allows for | 5382 | is usually what you want since it allows for |
5383 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to | 5383 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to |
5384 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the | 5384 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the |
5385 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment | 5385 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment |
5386 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". | 5386 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". |
5387 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper | 5387 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper |
5388 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it | 5388 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it |
5389 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). | 5389 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). |
5390 | 5390 | ||
5391 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB | 5391 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB |
5392 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, | 5392 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, |
5393 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of | 5393 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of |
5394 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make | 5394 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make |
5395 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first | 5395 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first |
5396 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with | 5396 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with |
5397 | 5397 | ||
5398 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 | 5398 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 |
5399 | 5399 | ||
5400 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an | 5400 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an |
5401 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal | 5401 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal |
5402 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash | 5402 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash |
5403 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the | 5403 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the |
5404 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the | 5404 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the |
5405 | boot time on your system, but requires that this | 5405 | boot time on your system, but requires that this |
5406 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. | 5406 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. |
5407 | 5407 | ||
5408 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 5408 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
5409 | 5409 | ||
5410 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", | 5410 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", |
5411 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" | 5411 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" |
5412 | 5412 | ||
5413 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 5413 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
5414 | 5414 | ||
5415 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 5415 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
5416 | 5416 | ||
5417 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 5417 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
5418 | 5418 | ||
5419 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 5419 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
5420 | 5420 | ||
5421 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 5421 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
5422 | 5422 | ||
5423 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. | 5423 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. |
5424 | 5424 | ||
5425 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. | 5425 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. |
5426 | For example you can do the following | 5426 | For example you can do the following |
5427 | 5427 | ||
5428 | => setenv ethact FEC | 5428 | => setenv ethact FEC |
5429 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC | 5429 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC |
5430 | => setenv ethact SCC | 5430 | => setenv ethact SCC |
5431 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC | 5431 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC |
5432 | 5432 | ||
5433 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all | 5433 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all |
5434 | available network interfaces. | 5434 | available network interfaces. |
5435 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. | 5435 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. |
5436 | 5436 | ||
5437 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will | 5437 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will |
5438 | either succeed or fail without retrying. | 5438 | either succeed or fail without retrying. |
5439 | When set to "once" the network operation will | 5439 | When set to "once" the network operation will |
5440 | fail when all the available network interfaces | 5440 | fail when all the available network interfaces |
5441 | are tried once without success. | 5441 | are tried once without success. |
5442 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation | 5442 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation |
5443 | themselves. | 5443 | themselves. |
5444 | 5444 | ||
5445 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode | 5445 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode |
5446 | 5446 | ||
5447 | silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by | 5447 | silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by |
5448 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be | 5448 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be |
5449 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If | 5449 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If |
5450 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console | 5450 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console |
5451 | is silent. | 5451 | is silent. |
5452 | 5452 | ||
5453 | tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's | 5453 | tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's |
5454 | UDP source port. | 5454 | UDP source port. |
5455 | 5455 | ||
5456 | tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP | 5456 | tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP |
5457 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. | 5457 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. |
5458 | 5458 | ||
5459 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, | 5459 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, |
5460 | we use the TFTP server's default block size | 5460 | we use the TFTP server's default block size |
5461 | 5461 | ||
5462 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- | 5462 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- |
5463 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines | 5463 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines |
5464 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to | 5464 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to |
5465 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. | 5465 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. |
5466 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed | 5466 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed |
5467 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or | 5467 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or |
5468 | with unreliable TFTP servers. | 5468 | with unreliable TFTP servers. |
5469 | 5469 | ||
5470 | tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no | 5470 | tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no |
5471 | unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts | 5471 | unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts |
5472 | can happen during a single file transfer before that | 5472 | can happen during a single file transfer before that |
5473 | transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means | 5473 | transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means |
5474 | 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help | 5474 | 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help |
5475 | downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with | 5475 | downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with |
5476 | unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware. | 5476 | unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware. |
5477 | 5477 | ||
5478 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over | 5478 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over |
5479 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q | 5479 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q |
5480 | VLAN tagged frames. | 5480 | VLAN tagged frames. |
5481 | 5481 | ||
5482 | The following image location variables contain the location of images | 5482 | The following image location variables contain the location of images |
5483 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is | 5483 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is |
5484 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment | 5484 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment |
5485 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP | 5485 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP |
5486 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be | 5486 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be |
5487 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR | 5487 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR |
5488 | flash or offset in NAND flash. | 5488 | flash or offset in NAND flash. |
5489 | 5489 | ||
5490 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some | 5490 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some |
5491 | boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some | 5491 | boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some |
5492 | boards use these variables for other purposes. | 5492 | boards use these variables for other purposes. |
5493 | 5493 | ||
5494 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location | 5494 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location |
5495 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- | 5495 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- |
5496 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr | 5496 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr |
5497 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr | 5497 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr |
5498 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr | 5498 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr |
5499 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr | 5499 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr |
5500 | 5500 | ||
5501 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically | 5501 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically |
5502 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), | 5502 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), |
5503 | depending the information provided by your boot server: | 5503 | depending the information provided by your boot server: |
5504 | 5504 | ||
5505 | bootfile - see above | 5505 | bootfile - see above |
5506 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server | 5506 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server |
5507 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server | 5507 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server |
5508 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use | 5508 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use |
5509 | hostname - Target hostname | 5509 | hostname - Target hostname |
5510 | ipaddr - see above | 5510 | ipaddr - see above |
5511 | netmask - Subnet Mask | 5511 | netmask - Subnet Mask |
5512 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server | 5512 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server |
5513 | serverip - see above | 5513 | serverip - see above |
5514 | 5514 | ||
5515 | 5515 | ||
5516 | There are two special Environment Variables: | 5516 | There are two special Environment Variables: |
5517 | 5517 | ||
5518 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such | 5518 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such |
5519 | as type string and/or serial number | 5519 | as type string and/or serial number |
5520 | ethaddr - Ethernet address | 5520 | ethaddr - Ethernet address |
5521 | 5521 | ||
5522 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of | 5522 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of |
5523 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables | 5523 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables |
5524 | once they have been set once. | 5524 | once they have been set once. |
5525 | 5525 | ||
5526 | 5526 | ||
5527 | Further special Environment Variables: | 5527 | Further special Environment Variables: |
5528 | 5528 | ||
5529 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed | 5529 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed |
5530 | with the "version" command. This variable is | 5530 | with the "version" command. This variable is |
5531 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). | 5531 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). |
5532 | 5532 | ||
5533 | 5533 | ||
5534 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take | 5534 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take |
5535 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). | 5535 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). |
5536 | 5536 | ||
5537 | 5537 | ||
5538 | Callback functions for environment variables: | 5538 | Callback functions for environment variables: |
5539 | --------------------------------------------- | 5539 | --------------------------------------------- |
5540 | 5540 | ||
5541 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change | 5541 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change |
5542 | when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to | 5542 | when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to |
5543 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or | 5543 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or |
5544 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side | 5544 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side |
5545 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. | 5545 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. |
5546 | 5546 | ||
5547 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the | 5547 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the |
5548 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. | 5548 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. |
5549 | 5549 | ||
5550 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The | 5550 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The |
5551 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC | 5551 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC |
5552 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of | 5552 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of |
5553 | associations. The list must be in the following format: | 5553 | associations. The list must be in the following format: |
5554 | 5554 | ||
5555 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] | 5555 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] |
5556 | list = entry[,list] | 5556 | list = entry[,list] |
5557 | 5557 | ||
5558 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. | 5558 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. |
5559 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. | 5559 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. |
5560 | 5560 | ||
5561 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable | 5561 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable |
5562 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will | 5562 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will |
5563 | override any association in the static list. You can define | 5563 | override any association in the static list. You can define |
5564 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the | 5564 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the |
5565 | ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 5565 | ".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
5566 | 5566 | ||
5567 | If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a | 5567 | If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a |
5568 | regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to | 5568 | regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to |
5569 | the same callback without explicitly listing them all out. | 5569 | the same callback without explicitly listing them all out. |
5570 | 5570 | ||
5571 | 5571 | ||
5572 | Command Line Parsing: | 5572 | Command Line Parsing: |
5573 | ===================== | 5573 | ===================== |
5574 | 5574 | ||
5575 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: | 5575 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: |
5576 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: | 5576 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: |
5577 | 5577 | ||
5578 | Old, simple command line parser: | 5578 | Old, simple command line parser: |
5579 | -------------------------------- | 5579 | -------------------------------- |
5580 | 5580 | ||
5581 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) | 5581 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) |
5582 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' | 5582 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' |
5583 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax | 5583 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax |
5584 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', | 5584 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', |
5585 | for example: | 5585 | for example: |
5586 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} | 5586 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} |
5587 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: | 5587 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: |
5588 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' | 5588 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' |
5589 | 5589 | ||
5590 | Hush shell: | 5590 | Hush shell: |
5591 | ----------- | 5591 | ----------- |
5592 | 5592 | ||
5593 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like | 5593 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like |
5594 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, | 5594 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, |
5595 | until...do...done, ... | 5595 | until...do...done, ... |
5596 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv | 5596 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv |
5597 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax | 5597 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax |
5598 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" | 5598 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" |
5599 | command | 5599 | command |
5600 | 5600 | ||
5601 | General rules: | 5601 | General rules: |
5602 | -------------- | 5602 | -------------- |
5603 | 5603 | ||
5604 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" | 5604 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" |
5605 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and | 5605 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and |
5606 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be | 5606 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be |
5607 | executed anyway. | 5607 | executed anyway. |
5608 | 5608 | ||
5609 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. | 5609 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. |
5610 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing | 5610 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing |
5611 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining | 5611 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining |
5612 | variables are not executed. | 5612 | variables are not executed. |
5613 | 5613 | ||
5614 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: | 5614 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: |
5615 | ======================================= | 5615 | ======================================= |
5616 | 5616 | ||
5617 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports | 5617 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports |
5618 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a | 5618 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a |
5619 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: | 5619 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: |
5620 | 5620 | ||
5621 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding | 5621 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding |
5622 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), | 5622 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), |
5623 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... | 5623 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... |
5624 | 5624 | ||
5625 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance | 5625 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance |
5626 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- | 5626 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- |
5627 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment | 5627 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment |
5628 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: | 5628 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: |
5629 | 5629 | ||
5630 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the | 5630 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the |
5631 | environment, the SROM's address is used. | 5631 | environment, the SROM's address is used. |
5632 | 5632 | ||
5633 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the | 5633 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the |
5634 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is | 5634 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is |
5635 | used. | 5635 | used. |
5636 | 5636 | ||
5637 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and | 5637 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and |
5638 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. | 5638 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. |
5639 | 5639 | ||
5640 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the | 5640 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the |
5641 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a | 5641 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a |
5642 | warning is printed. | 5642 | warning is printed. |
5643 | 5643 | ||
5644 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error | 5644 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error |
5645 | is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case | 5645 | is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case |
5646 | a random, locally-assigned MAC is used. | 5646 | a random, locally-assigned MAC is used. |
5647 | 5647 | ||
5648 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses | 5648 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses |
5649 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This | 5649 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This |
5650 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. | 5650 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. |
5651 | The naming convention is as follows: | 5651 | The naming convention is as follows: |
5652 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. | 5652 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. |
5653 | 5653 | ||
5654 | Image Formats: | 5654 | Image Formats: |
5655 | ============== | 5655 | ============== |
5656 | 5656 | ||
5657 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) | 5657 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) |
5658 | images in two formats: | 5658 | images in two formats: |
5659 | 5659 | ||
5660 | New uImage format (FIT) | 5660 | New uImage format (FIT) |
5661 | ----------------------- | 5661 | ----------------------- |
5662 | 5662 | ||
5663 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar | 5663 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar |
5664 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple | 5664 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple |
5665 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by | 5665 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by |
5666 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. | 5666 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. |
5667 | 5667 | ||
5668 | 5668 | ||
5669 | Old uImage format | 5669 | Old uImage format |
5670 | ----------------- | 5670 | ----------------- |
5671 | 5671 | ||
5672 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, | 5672 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, |
5673 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for | 5673 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for |
5674 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: | 5674 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: |
5675 | 5675 | ||
5676 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, | 5676 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, |
5677 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, | 5677 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, |
5678 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; | 5678 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; |
5679 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, | 5679 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, |
5680 | INTEGRITY). | 5680 | INTEGRITY). |
5681 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, | 5681 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, |
5682 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; | 5682 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; |
5683 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). | 5683 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). |
5684 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) | 5684 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) |
5685 | * Load Address | 5685 | * Load Address |
5686 | * Entry Point | 5686 | * Entry Point |
5687 | * Image Name | 5687 | * Image Name |
5688 | * Image Timestamp | 5688 | * Image Timestamp |
5689 | 5689 | ||
5690 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header | 5690 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header |
5691 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by | 5691 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by |
5692 | CRC32 checksums. | 5692 | CRC32 checksums. |
5693 | 5693 | ||
5694 | 5694 | ||
5695 | Linux Support: | 5695 | Linux Support: |
5696 | ============== | 5696 | ============== |
5697 | 5697 | ||
5698 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application | 5698 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application |
5699 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of | 5699 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of |
5700 | U-Boot. | 5700 | U-Boot. |
5701 | 5701 | ||
5702 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some | 5702 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some |
5703 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any | 5703 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any |
5704 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; | 5704 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; |
5705 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation | 5705 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation |
5706 | serves several purposes: | 5706 | serves several purposes: |
5707 | 5707 | ||
5708 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone | 5708 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone |
5709 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the | 5709 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the |
5710 | Flash memory footprint) | 5710 | Flash memory footprint) |
5711 | 5711 | ||
5712 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because | 5712 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because |
5713 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot | 5713 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot |
5714 | 5714 | ||
5715 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" | 5715 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" |
5716 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can | 5716 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can |
5717 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't | 5717 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't |
5718 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just | 5718 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just |
5719 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the | 5719 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the |
5720 | software is easier now. | 5720 | software is easier now. |
5721 | 5721 | ||
5722 | 5722 | ||
5723 | Linux HOWTO: | 5723 | Linux HOWTO: |
5724 | ============ | 5724 | ============ |
5725 | 5725 | ||
5726 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: | 5726 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: |
5727 | --------------------------------------- | 5727 | --------------------------------------- |
5728 | 5728 | ||
5729 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to | 5729 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to |
5730 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware | 5730 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware |
5731 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to | 5731 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to |
5732 | Linux :-). | 5732 | Linux :-). |
5733 | 5733 | ||
5734 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). | 5734 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). |
5735 | 5735 | ||
5736 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance | 5736 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance |
5737 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board | 5737 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board |
5738 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, | 5738 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, |
5739 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value | 5739 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value |
5740 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. | 5740 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. |
5741 | 5741 | ||
5742 | Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers. | 5742 | Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers. |
5743 | If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there | 5743 | If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there |
5744 | is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See | 5744 | is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See |
5745 | doc/driver-model. | 5745 | doc/driver-model. |
5746 | 5746 | ||
5747 | 5747 | ||
5748 | Configuring the Linux kernel: | 5748 | Configuring the Linux kernel: |
5749 | ----------------------------- | 5749 | ----------------------------- |
5750 | 5750 | ||
5751 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root | 5751 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root |
5752 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. | 5752 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. |
5753 | 5753 | ||
5754 | 5754 | ||
5755 | Building a Linux Image: | 5755 | Building a Linux Image: |
5756 | ----------------------- | 5756 | ----------------------- |
5757 | 5757 | ||
5758 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are | 5758 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are |
5759 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target | 5759 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target |
5760 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by | 5760 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by |
5761 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, | 5761 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, |
5762 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a | 5762 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a |
5763 | 100% compatible format. | 5763 | 100% compatible format. |
5764 | 5764 | ||
5765 | Example: | 5765 | Example: |
5766 | 5766 | ||
5767 | make TQM850L_defconfig | 5767 | make TQM850L_defconfig |
5768 | make oldconfig | 5768 | make oldconfig |
5769 | make dep | 5769 | make dep |
5770 | make uImage | 5770 | make uImage |
5771 | 5771 | ||
5772 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to | 5772 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to |
5773 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, | 5773 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, |
5774 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: | 5774 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: |
5775 | 5775 | ||
5776 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): | 5776 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): |
5777 | 5777 | ||
5778 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: | 5778 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: |
5779 | 5779 | ||
5780 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ | 5780 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ |
5781 | -R .note -R .comment \ | 5781 | -R .note -R .comment \ |
5782 | -S vmlinux linux.bin | 5782 | -S vmlinux linux.bin |
5783 | 5783 | ||
5784 | * compress the binary image: | 5784 | * compress the binary image: |
5785 | 5785 | ||
5786 | gzip -9 linux.bin | 5786 | gzip -9 linux.bin |
5787 | 5787 | ||
5788 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: | 5788 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: |
5789 | 5789 | ||
5790 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ | 5790 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ |
5791 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ | 5791 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ |
5792 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage | 5792 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage |
5793 | 5793 | ||
5794 | 5794 | ||
5795 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use | 5795 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use |
5796 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or | 5796 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or |
5797 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 | 5797 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 |
5798 | byte header containing information about target architecture, | 5798 | byte header containing information about target architecture, |
5799 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time | 5799 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time |
5800 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. | 5800 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. |
5801 | 5801 | ||
5802 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and | 5802 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and |
5803 | print the header information, or to build new images. | 5803 | print the header information, or to build new images. |
5804 | 5804 | ||
5805 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information | 5805 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information |
5806 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes | 5806 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes |
5807 | checksum verification: | 5807 | checksum verification: |
5808 | 5808 | ||
5809 | tools/mkimage -l image | 5809 | tools/mkimage -l image |
5810 | -l ==> list image header information | 5810 | -l ==> list image header information |
5811 | 5811 | ||
5812 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image | 5812 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image |
5813 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: | 5813 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: |
5814 | 5814 | ||
5815 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ | 5815 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ |
5816 | -n name -d data_file image | 5816 | -n name -d data_file image |
5817 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' | 5817 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' |
5818 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' | 5818 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' |
5819 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | 5819 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' |
5820 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' | 5820 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' |
5821 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) | 5821 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) |
5822 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) | 5822 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) |
5823 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' | 5823 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' |
5824 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' | 5824 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' |
5825 | 5825 | ||
5826 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load | 5826 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load |
5827 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the | 5827 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the |
5828 | kernel version: | 5828 | kernel version: |
5829 | 5829 | ||
5830 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, | 5830 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, |
5831 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. | 5831 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. |
5832 | 5832 | ||
5833 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: | 5833 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: |
5834 | 5834 | ||
5835 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5835 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5836 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5836 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5837 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ | 5837 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ |
5838 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5838 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5839 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5839 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5840 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5840 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5841 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5841 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5842 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5842 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5843 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5843 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5844 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5844 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5845 | 5845 | ||
5846 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): | 5846 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): |
5847 | 5847 | ||
5848 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5848 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5849 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5849 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5850 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5850 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5851 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5851 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5852 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5852 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5853 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5853 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5854 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5854 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5855 | 5855 | ||
5856 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade | 5856 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade |
5857 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this | 5857 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this |
5858 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not | 5858 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not |
5859 | need to be uncompressed: | 5859 | need to be uncompressed: |
5860 | 5860 | ||
5861 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz | 5861 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz |
5862 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5862 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5863 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5863 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5864 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ | 5864 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ |
5865 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed | 5865 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed |
5866 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5866 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5867 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5867 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5868 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) | 5868 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) |
5869 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB | 5869 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB |
5870 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5870 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5871 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5871 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5872 | 5872 | ||
5873 | 5873 | ||
5874 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file | 5874 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file |
5875 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: | 5875 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: |
5876 | 5876 | ||
5877 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ | 5877 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ |
5878 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ | 5878 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ |
5879 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd | 5879 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd |
5880 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5880 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5881 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 | 5881 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 |
5882 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5882 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5883 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB | 5883 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB |
5884 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5884 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5885 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5885 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5886 | 5886 | ||
5887 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" | 5887 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" |
5888 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" | 5888 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" |
5889 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" | 5889 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" |
5890 | from the image: | 5890 | from the image: |
5891 | 5891 | ||
5892 | tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file | 5892 | tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file |
5893 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file' | 5893 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file' |
5894 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | 5894 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' |
5895 | -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image' | 5895 | -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image' |
5896 | 5896 | ||
5897 | 5897 | ||
5898 | Installing a Linux Image: | 5898 | Installing a Linux Image: |
5899 | ------------------------- | 5899 | ------------------------- |
5900 | 5900 | ||
5901 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, | 5901 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, |
5902 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: | 5902 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: |
5903 | 5903 | ||
5904 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec | 5904 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec |
5905 | 5905 | ||
5906 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot | 5906 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot |
5907 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to | 5907 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to |
5908 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to | 5908 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to |
5909 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' | 5909 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' |
5910 | command. | 5910 | command. |
5911 | 5911 | ||
5912 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the | 5912 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the |
5913 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): | 5913 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): |
5914 | 5914 | ||
5915 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF | 5915 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF |
5916 | 5916 | ||
5917 | .......... done | 5917 | .......... done |
5918 | Erased 8 sectors | 5918 | Erased 8 sectors |
5919 | 5919 | ||
5920 | => loads 40100000 | 5920 | => loads 40100000 |
5921 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5921 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5922 | ~>examples/image.srec | 5922 | ~>examples/image.srec |
5923 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... | 5923 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... |
5924 | ... | 5924 | ... |
5925 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 | 5925 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 |
5926 | [file transfer complete] | 5926 | [file transfer complete] |
5927 | [connected] | 5927 | [connected] |
5928 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 | 5928 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 |
5929 | 5929 | ||
5930 | 5930 | ||
5931 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; | 5931 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; |
5932 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data | 5932 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data |
5933 | corruption happened: | 5933 | corruption happened: |
5934 | 5934 | ||
5935 | => imi 40100000 | 5935 | => imi 40100000 |
5936 | 5936 | ||
5937 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5937 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5938 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5938 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5939 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5939 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5940 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5940 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5941 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5941 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5942 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5942 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5943 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5943 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5944 | 5944 | ||
5945 | 5945 | ||
5946 | Boot Linux: | 5946 | Boot Linux: |
5947 | ----------- | 5947 | ----------- |
5948 | 5948 | ||
5949 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in | 5949 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in |
5950 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents | 5950 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents |
5951 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as | 5951 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as |
5952 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the | 5952 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the |
5953 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: | 5953 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: |
5954 | 5954 | ||
5955 | 5955 | ||
5956 | => printenv bootargs | 5956 | => printenv bootargs |
5957 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram | 5957 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram |
5958 | 5958 | ||
5959 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5959 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5960 | 5960 | ||
5961 | => printenv bootargs | 5961 | => printenv bootargs |
5962 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5962 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5963 | 5963 | ||
5964 | => bootm 40020000 | 5964 | => bootm 40020000 |
5965 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... | 5965 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... |
5966 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L | 5966 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L |
5967 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5967 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5968 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB | 5968 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB |
5969 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5969 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5970 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5970 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5971 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5971 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5972 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5972 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5973 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 | 5973 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 |
5974 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5974 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5975 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 5975 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
5976 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 5976 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
5977 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] | 5977 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] |
5978 | ... | 5978 | ... |
5979 | 5979 | ||
5980 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass | 5980 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass |
5981 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT | 5981 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT |
5982 | format!) to the "bootm" command: | 5982 | format!) to the "bootm" command: |
5983 | 5983 | ||
5984 | => imi 40100000 40200000 | 5984 | => imi 40100000 40200000 |
5985 | 5985 | ||
5986 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5986 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5987 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5987 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5988 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5988 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5989 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5989 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5990 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5990 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5991 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5991 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5992 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5992 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5993 | 5993 | ||
5994 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... | 5994 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... |
5995 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5995 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5996 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5996 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5997 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 5997 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
5998 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5998 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5999 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5999 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
6000 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 6000 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
6001 | 6001 | ||
6002 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 | 6002 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 |
6003 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... | 6003 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... |
6004 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 6004 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
6005 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 6005 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
6006 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 6006 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
6007 | Load Address: 00000000 | 6007 | Load Address: 00000000 |
6008 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 6008 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
6009 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 6009 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
6010 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 6010 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
6011 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... | 6011 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... |
6012 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 6012 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
6013 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 6013 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
6014 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 6014 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
6015 | Load Address: 00000000 | 6015 | Load Address: 00000000 |
6016 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 6016 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
6017 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 6017 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
6018 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK | 6018 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK |
6019 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 | 6019 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 |
6020 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram | 6020 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram |
6021 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 6021 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
6022 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 6022 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
6023 | ... | 6023 | ... |
6024 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 | 6024 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 |
6025 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). | 6025 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). |
6026 | 6026 | ||
6027 | bash# | 6027 | bash# |
6028 | 6028 | ||
6029 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: | 6029 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: |
6030 | ----------- | 6030 | ----------- |
6031 | 6031 | ||
6032 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section | 6032 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section |
6033 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The | 6033 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The |
6034 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated | 6034 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated |
6035 | flat device tree: | 6035 | flat device tree: |
6036 | 6036 | ||
6037 | => print oftaddr | 6037 | => print oftaddr |
6038 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 6038 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
6039 | => print oft | 6039 | => print oft |
6040 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb | 6040 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb |
6041 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft | 6041 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft |
6042 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 6042 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
6043 | Using TSEC0 device | 6043 | Using TSEC0 device |
6044 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 | 6044 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 |
6045 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. | 6045 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. |
6046 | Load address: 0x300000 | 6046 | Load address: 0x300000 |
6047 | Loading: # | 6047 | Loading: # |
6048 | done | 6048 | done |
6049 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) | 6049 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) |
6050 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile | 6050 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile |
6051 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 6051 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
6052 | Using TSEC0 device | 6052 | Using TSEC0 device |
6053 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 | 6053 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 |
6054 | Filename 'uImage'. | 6054 | Filename 'uImage'. |
6055 | Load address: 0x200000 | 6055 | Load address: 0x200000 |
6056 | Loading:############ | 6056 | Loading:############ |
6057 | done | 6057 | done |
6058 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) | 6058 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) |
6059 | => print loadaddr | 6059 | => print loadaddr |
6060 | loadaddr=200000 | 6060 | loadaddr=200000 |
6061 | => print oftaddr | 6061 | => print oftaddr |
6062 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 6062 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
6063 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr | 6063 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr |
6064 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... | 6064 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... |
6065 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty | 6065 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty |
6066 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 6066 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
6067 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB | 6067 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB |
6068 | Load Address: 00000000 | 6068 | Load Address: 00000000 |
6069 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 6069 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
6070 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 6070 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
6071 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 6071 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
6072 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 | 6072 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 |
6073 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description | 6073 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description |
6074 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb | 6074 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb |
6075 | [snip] | 6075 | [snip] |
6076 | 6076 | ||
6077 | 6077 | ||
6078 | More About U-Boot Image Types: | 6078 | More About U-Boot Image Types: |
6079 | ------------------------------ | 6079 | ------------------------------ |
6080 | 6080 | ||
6081 | U-Boot supports the following image types: | 6081 | U-Boot supports the following image types: |
6082 | 6082 | ||
6083 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment | 6083 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment |
6084 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave | 6084 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave |
6085 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from | 6085 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from |
6086 | the Standalone Program. | 6086 | the Standalone Program. |
6087 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which | 6087 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which |
6088 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs | 6088 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs |
6089 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device | 6089 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device |
6090 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot | 6090 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot |
6091 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. | 6091 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. |
6092 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their | 6092 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their |
6093 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is | 6093 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is |
6094 | being started. | 6094 | being started. |
6095 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS | 6095 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS |
6096 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like | 6096 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like |
6097 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want | 6097 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want |
6098 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot | 6098 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot |
6099 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get | 6099 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get |
6100 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. | 6100 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. |
6101 | 6101 | ||
6102 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each | 6102 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each |
6103 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network | 6103 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network |
6104 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". | 6104 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". |
6105 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by | 6105 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by |
6106 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to | 6106 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to |
6107 | a multiple of 4 bytes). | 6107 | a multiple of 4 bytes). |
6108 | 6108 | ||
6109 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like | 6109 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like |
6110 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to | 6110 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to |
6111 | flash memory. | 6111 | flash memory. |
6112 | 6112 | ||
6113 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by | 6113 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by |
6114 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially | 6114 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially |
6115 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) | 6115 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) |
6116 | as command interpreter. | 6116 | as command interpreter. |
6117 | 6117 | ||
6118 | Booting the Linux zImage: | 6118 | Booting the Linux zImage: |
6119 | ------------------------- | 6119 | ------------------------- |
6120 | 6120 | ||
6121 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done | 6121 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done |
6122 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same | 6122 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same |
6123 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. | 6123 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. |
6124 | 6124 | ||
6125 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply | 6125 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply |
6126 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the | 6126 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the |
6127 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following | 6127 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following |
6128 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". | 6128 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". |
6129 | 6129 | ||
6130 | 6130 | ||
6131 | Standalone HOWTO: | 6131 | Standalone HOWTO: |
6132 | ================= | 6132 | ================= |
6133 | 6133 | ||
6134 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and | 6134 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and |
6135 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of | 6135 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of |
6136 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. | 6136 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. |
6137 | 6137 | ||
6138 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: | 6138 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: |
6139 | 6139 | ||
6140 | "Hello World" Demo: | 6140 | "Hello World" Demo: |
6141 | ------------------- | 6141 | ------------------- |
6142 | 6142 | ||
6143 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo | 6143 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo |
6144 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. | 6144 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. |
6145 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it | 6145 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it |
6146 | like that: | 6146 | like that: |
6147 | 6147 | ||
6148 | => loads | 6148 | => loads |
6149 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 6149 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
6150 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec | 6150 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec |
6151 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 6151 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
6152 | [file transfer complete] | 6152 | [file transfer complete] |
6153 | [connected] | 6153 | [connected] |
6154 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 6154 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
6155 | 6155 | ||
6156 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. | 6156 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. |
6157 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 6157 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
6158 | Hello World | 6158 | Hello World |
6159 | argc = 7 | 6159 | argc = 7 |
6160 | argv[0] = "40004" | 6160 | argv[0] = "40004" |
6161 | argv[1] = "Hello" | 6161 | argv[1] = "Hello" |
6162 | argv[2] = "World!" | 6162 | argv[2] = "World!" |
6163 | argv[3] = "This" | 6163 | argv[3] = "This" |
6164 | argv[4] = "is" | 6164 | argv[4] = "is" |
6165 | argv[5] = "a" | 6165 | argv[5] = "a" |
6166 | argv[6] = "test." | 6166 | argv[6] = "test." |
6167 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" | 6167 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" |
6168 | Hit any key to exit ... | 6168 | Hit any key to exit ... |
6169 | 6169 | ||
6170 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 6170 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
6171 | 6171 | ||
6172 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt | 6172 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt |
6173 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. | 6173 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. |
6174 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. | 6174 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. |
6175 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' | 6175 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' |
6176 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be | 6176 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be |
6177 | controlled by the following keys: | 6177 | controlled by the following keys: |
6178 | 6178 | ||
6179 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers | 6179 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers |
6180 | b - enable interrupts and start timer | 6180 | b - enable interrupts and start timer |
6181 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts | 6181 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts |
6182 | q - quit application | 6182 | q - quit application |
6183 | 6183 | ||
6184 | => loads | 6184 | => loads |
6185 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 6185 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
6186 | ~>examples/timer.srec | 6186 | ~>examples/timer.srec |
6187 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 6187 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
6188 | [file transfer complete] | 6188 | [file transfer complete] |
6189 | [connected] | 6189 | [connected] |
6190 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 6190 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
6191 | 6191 | ||
6192 | => go 40004 | 6192 | => go 40004 |
6193 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 6193 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
6194 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 | 6194 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 |
6195 | Using timer 1 | 6195 | Using timer 1 |
6196 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 | 6196 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 |
6197 | 6197 | ||
6198 | Hit 'b': | 6198 | Hit 'b': |
6199 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us | 6199 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us |
6200 | Enabling timer | 6200 | Enabling timer |
6201 | Hit '?': | 6201 | Hit '?': |
6202 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ | 6202 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ |
6203 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 | 6203 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 |
6204 | Hit '?': | 6204 | Hit '?': |
6205 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 6205 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
6206 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 | 6206 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 |
6207 | Hit '?': | 6207 | Hit '?': |
6208 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 6208 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
6209 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 | 6209 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 |
6210 | Hit '?': | 6210 | Hit '?': |
6211 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 6211 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
6212 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 | 6212 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 |
6213 | Hit 'e': | 6213 | Hit 'e': |
6214 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer | 6214 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer |
6215 | Hit 'q': | 6215 | Hit 'q': |
6216 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 6216 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
6217 | 6217 | ||
6218 | 6218 | ||
6219 | Minicom warning: | 6219 | Minicom warning: |
6220 | ================ | 6220 | ================ |
6221 | 6221 | ||
6222 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the | 6222 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the |
6223 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) | 6223 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) |
6224 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under | 6224 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under |
6225 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and | 6225 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and |
6226 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and | 6226 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and |
6227 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See | 6227 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See |
6228 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. | 6228 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. |
6229 | for help with kermit. | 6229 | for help with kermit. |
6230 | 6230 | ||
6231 | 6231 | ||
6232 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this | 6232 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this |
6233 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: | 6233 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: |
6234 | 6234 | ||
6235 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi | 6235 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi |
6236 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N | 6236 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N |
6237 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N | 6237 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N |
6238 | 6238 | ||
6239 | 6239 | ||
6240 | NetBSD Notes: | 6240 | NetBSD Notes: |
6241 | ============= | 6241 | ============= |
6242 | 6242 | ||
6243 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host | 6243 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host |
6244 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). | 6244 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). |
6245 | 6245 | ||
6246 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on | 6246 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on |
6247 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also | 6247 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also |
6248 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). | 6248 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). |
6249 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; | 6249 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; |
6250 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is | 6250 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is |
6251 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: | 6251 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: |
6252 | 6252 | ||
6253 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include | 6253 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include |
6254 | # mkdir powerpc | 6254 | # mkdir powerpc |
6255 | # ln -s powerpc machine | 6255 | # ln -s powerpc machine |
6256 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h | 6256 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h |
6257 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST | 6257 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST |
6258 | 6258 | ||
6259 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native | 6259 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native |
6260 | and U-Boot include files. | 6260 | and U-Boot include files. |
6261 | 6261 | ||
6262 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a | 6262 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a |
6263 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel | 6263 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel |
6264 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source | 6264 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source |
6265 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the | 6265 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the |
6266 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz | 6266 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz |
6267 | 6267 | ||
6268 | 6268 | ||
6269 | Implementation Internals: | 6269 | Implementation Internals: |
6270 | ========================= | 6270 | ========================= |
6271 | 6271 | ||
6272 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every | 6272 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every |
6273 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the | 6273 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the |
6274 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom | 6274 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom |
6275 | hardware. | 6275 | hardware. |
6276 | 6276 | ||
6277 | 6277 | ||
6278 | Initial Stack, Global Data: | 6278 | Initial Stack, Global Data: |
6279 | --------------------------- | 6279 | --------------------------- |
6280 | 6280 | ||
6281 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot | 6281 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot |
6282 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to | 6282 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to |
6283 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). | 6283 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). |
6284 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS | 6284 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS |
6285 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working | 6285 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working |
6286 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation | 6286 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation |
6287 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU | 6287 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU |
6288 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and | 6288 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and |
6289 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be | 6289 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be |
6290 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. | 6290 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. |
6291 | 6291 | ||
6292 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the | 6292 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the |
6293 | U-Boot mailing list: | 6293 | U-Boot mailing list: |
6294 | 6294 | ||
6295 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? | 6295 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? |
6296 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> | 6296 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> |
6297 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) | 6297 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) |
6298 | ... | 6298 | ... |
6299 | 6299 | ||
6300 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it | 6300 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it |
6301 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not | 6301 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not |
6302 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness | 6302 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness |
6303 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of | 6303 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of |
6304 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's | 6304 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's |
6305 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you | 6305 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you |
6306 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and | 6306 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and |
6307 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. | 6307 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. |
6308 | 6308 | ||
6309 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It | 6309 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It |
6310 | is another option for the system designer to use as an | 6310 | is another option for the system designer to use as an |
6311 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either | 6311 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either |
6312 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your | 6312 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your |
6313 | board designers haven't used it for something that would | 6313 | board designers haven't used it for something that would |
6314 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not | 6314 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not |
6315 | used. | 6315 | used. |
6316 | 6316 | ||
6317 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere | 6317 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere |
6318 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value | 6318 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value |
6319 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in | 6319 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in |
6320 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger | 6320 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger |
6321 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set | 6321 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set |
6322 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources | 6322 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources |
6323 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in | 6323 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in |
6324 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when | 6324 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when |
6325 | you get the config right. | 6325 | you get the config right. |
6326 | 6326 | ||
6327 | -Chris Hallinan | 6327 | -Chris Hallinan |
6328 | DS4.COM, Inc. | 6328 | DS4.COM, Inc. |
6329 | 6329 | ||
6330 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C | 6330 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C |
6331 | code for the initialization procedures: | 6331 | code for the initialization procedures: |
6332 | 6332 | ||
6333 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt | 6333 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt |
6334 | to write it. | 6334 | to write it. |
6335 | 6335 | ||
6336 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized | 6336 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized |
6337 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- | 6337 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- |
6338 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). | 6338 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). |
6339 | 6339 | ||
6340 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like | 6340 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like |
6341 | that. | 6341 | that. |
6342 | 6342 | ||
6343 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use | 6343 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use |
6344 | normal global data to share information between the code. But it | 6344 | normal global data to share information between the code. But it |
6345 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly | 6345 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly |
6346 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all | 6346 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all |
6347 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ | 6347 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ |
6348 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of | 6348 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of |
6349 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we | 6349 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we |
6350 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we | 6350 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we |
6351 | reserve for this purpose. | 6351 | reserve for this purpose. |
6352 | 6352 | ||
6353 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the | 6353 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the |
6354 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by | 6354 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by |
6355 | GCC's implementation. | 6355 | GCC's implementation. |
6356 | 6356 | ||
6357 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: | 6357 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: |
6358 | R1: stack pointer | 6358 | R1: stack pointer |
6359 | R2: reserved for system use | 6359 | R2: reserved for system use |
6360 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values | 6360 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values |
6361 | R5-R10: parameter passing | 6361 | R5-R10: parameter passing |
6362 | R13: small data area pointer | 6362 | R13: small data area pointer |
6363 | R30: GOT pointer | 6363 | R30: GOT pointer |
6364 | R31: frame pointer | 6364 | R31: frame pointer |
6365 | 6365 | ||
6366 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 | 6366 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 |
6367 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when | 6367 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when |
6368 | going back and forth between asm and C) | 6368 | going back and forth between asm and C) |
6369 | 6369 | ||
6370 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data | 6370 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data |
6371 | 6371 | ||
6372 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the | 6372 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the |
6373 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), | 6373 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), |
6374 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat | 6374 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat |
6375 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on | 6375 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on |
6376 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, | 6376 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, |
6377 | 624 text + 127 data). | 6377 | 624 text + 127 data). |
6378 | 6378 | ||
6379 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: | 6379 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: |
6380 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface | 6380 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface |
6381 | 6381 | ||
6382 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data | 6382 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data |
6383 | 6383 | ||
6384 | On ARM, the following registers are used: | 6384 | On ARM, the following registers are used: |
6385 | 6385 | ||
6386 | R0: function argument word/integer result | 6386 | R0: function argument word/integer result |
6387 | R1-R3: function argument word | 6387 | R1-R3: function argument word |
6388 | R9: platform specific | 6388 | R9: platform specific |
6389 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) | 6389 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) |
6390 | R11: argument (frame) pointer | 6390 | R11: argument (frame) pointer |
6391 | R12: temporary workspace | 6391 | R12: temporary workspace |
6392 | R13: stack pointer | 6392 | R13: stack pointer |
6393 | R14: link register | 6393 | R14: link register |
6394 | R15: program counter | 6394 | R15: program counter |
6395 | 6395 | ||
6396 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data | 6396 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data |
6397 | 6397 | ||
6398 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. | 6398 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. |
6399 | 6399 | ||
6400 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: | 6400 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: |
6401 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf | 6401 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf |
6402 | 6402 | ||
6403 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data | 6403 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data |
6404 | 6404 | ||
6405 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp | 6405 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp |
6406 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. | 6406 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. |
6407 | 6407 | ||
6408 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: | 6408 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: |
6409 | 6409 | ||
6410 | R0-R1: argument/return | 6410 | R0-R1: argument/return |
6411 | R2-R5: argument | 6411 | R2-R5: argument |
6412 | R15: temporary register for assembler | 6412 | R15: temporary register for assembler |
6413 | R16: trampoline register | 6413 | R16: trampoline register |
6414 | R28: frame pointer (FP) | 6414 | R28: frame pointer (FP) |
6415 | R29: global pointer (GP) | 6415 | R29: global pointer (GP) |
6416 | R30: link register (LP) | 6416 | R30: link register (LP) |
6417 | R31: stack pointer (SP) | 6417 | R31: stack pointer (SP) |
6418 | PC: program counter (PC) | 6418 | PC: program counter (PC) |
6419 | 6419 | ||
6420 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data | 6420 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data |
6421 | 6421 | ||
6422 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, | 6422 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, |
6423 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. | 6423 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. |
6424 | 6424 | ||
6425 | Memory Management: | 6425 | Memory Management: |
6426 | ------------------ | 6426 | ------------------ |
6427 | 6427 | ||
6428 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the | 6428 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the |
6429 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. | 6429 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. |
6430 | 6430 | ||
6431 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory | 6431 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory |
6432 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each | 6432 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each |
6433 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several | 6433 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several |
6434 | physical memory banks. | 6434 | physical memory banks. |
6435 | 6435 | ||
6436 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on | 6436 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on |
6437 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After | 6437 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After |
6438 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself | 6438 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself |
6439 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some | 6439 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some |
6440 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN | 6440 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN |
6441 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board | 6441 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board |
6442 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). | 6442 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). |
6443 | 6443 | ||
6444 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB | 6444 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB |
6445 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). | 6445 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). |
6446 | 6446 | ||
6447 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like | 6447 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like |
6448 | this: | 6448 | this: |
6449 | 6449 | ||
6450 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code | 6450 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code |
6451 | : | 6451 | : |
6452 | 0x0000 1FFF | 6452 | 0x0000 1FFF |
6453 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use | 6453 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use |
6454 | : | 6454 | : |
6455 | : | 6455 | : |
6456 | 6456 | ||
6457 | : | 6457 | : |
6458 | : | 6458 | : |
6459 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) | 6459 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) |
6460 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data | 6460 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data |
6461 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena | 6461 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena |
6462 | : | 6462 | : |
6463 | 0x00FD FFFF | 6463 | 0x00FD FFFF |
6464 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code | 6464 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code |
6465 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer | 6465 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer |
6466 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) | 6466 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) |
6467 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] | 6467 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] |
6468 | 6468 | ||
6469 | 6469 | ||
6470 | System Initialization: | 6470 | System Initialization: |
6471 | ---------------------- | 6471 | ---------------------- |
6472 | 6472 | ||
6473 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point | 6473 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point |
6474 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset | 6474 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset |
6475 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory. | 6475 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory. |
6476 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. | 6476 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. |
6477 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) | 6477 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) |
6478 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs | 6478 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs |
6479 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked | 6479 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked |
6480 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, | 6480 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, |
6481 | the caches and the SIU. | 6481 | the caches and the SIU. |
6482 | 6482 | ||
6483 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a | 6483 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a |
6484 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries | 6484 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries |
6485 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash | 6485 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash |
6486 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is | 6486 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is |
6487 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a | 6487 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a |
6488 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM | 6488 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM |
6489 | banks. | 6489 | banks. |
6490 | 6490 | ||
6491 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of | 6491 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of |
6492 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first | 6492 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first |
6493 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address | 6493 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address |
6494 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create | 6494 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create |
6495 | contiguous memory starting from 0. | 6495 | contiguous memory starting from 0. |
6496 | 6496 | ||
6497 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area | 6497 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area |
6498 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board | 6498 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board |
6499 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM | 6499 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM |
6500 | pages, and the final stack is set up. | 6500 | pages, and the final stack is set up. |
6501 | 6501 | ||
6502 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; | 6502 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; |
6503 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are | 6503 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are |
6504 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a | 6504 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a |
6505 | new address in RAM. | 6505 | new address in RAM. |
6506 | 6506 | ||
6507 | 6507 | ||
6508 | U-Boot Porting Guide: | 6508 | U-Boot Porting Guide: |
6509 | ---------------------- | 6509 | ---------------------- |
6510 | 6510 | ||
6511 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing | 6511 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing |
6512 | list, October 2002] | 6512 | list, October 2002] |
6513 | 6513 | ||
6514 | 6514 | ||
6515 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) | 6515 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
6516 | { | 6516 | { |
6517 | sighandler_t no_more_time; | 6517 | sighandler_t no_more_time; |
6518 | 6518 | ||
6519 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); | 6519 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); |
6520 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); | 6520 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); |
6521 | 6521 | ||
6522 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { | 6522 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { |
6523 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; | 6523 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; |
6524 | return 0; | 6524 | return 0; |
6525 | } | 6525 | } |
6526 | 6526 | ||
6527 | Download latest U-Boot source; | 6527 | Download latest U-Boot source; |
6528 | 6528 | ||
6529 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; | 6529 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; |
6530 | 6530 | ||
6531 | if (clueless) | 6531 | if (clueless) |
6532 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); | 6532 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); |
6533 | 6533 | ||
6534 | while (learning) { | 6534 | while (learning) { |
6535 | Read the README file in the top level directory; | 6535 | Read the README file in the top level directory; |
6536 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; | 6536 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; |
6537 | Read applicable doc/*.README; | 6537 | Read applicable doc/*.README; |
6538 | Read the source, Luke; | 6538 | Read the source, Luke; |
6539 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ | 6539 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ |
6540 | } | 6540 | } |
6541 | 6541 | ||
6542 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) | 6542 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) |
6543 | Buy a BDI3000; | 6543 | Buy a BDI3000; |
6544 | else | 6544 | else |
6545 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; | 6545 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; |
6546 | 6546 | ||
6547 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ | 6547 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ |
6548 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> | 6548 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> |
6549 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h | 6549 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h |
6550 | } else { | 6550 | } else { |
6551 | Create your own board support subdirectory; | 6551 | Create your own board support subdirectory; |
6552 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; | 6552 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; |
6553 | } | 6553 | } |
6554 | Edit new board/<myboard> files | 6554 | Edit new board/<myboard> files |
6555 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h | 6555 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h |
6556 | 6556 | ||
6557 | while (!accepted) { | 6557 | while (!accepted) { |
6558 | while (!running) { | 6558 | while (!running) { |
6559 | do { | 6559 | do { |
6560 | Add / modify source code; | 6560 | Add / modify source code; |
6561 | } until (compiles); | 6561 | } until (compiles); |
6562 | Debug; | 6562 | Debug; |
6563 | if (clueless) | 6563 | if (clueless) |
6564 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); | 6564 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); |
6565 | } | 6565 | } |
6566 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; | 6566 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; |
6567 | if (reasonable critiques) | 6567 | if (reasonable critiques) |
6568 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; | 6568 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; |
6569 | else | 6569 | else |
6570 | Defend code as written; | 6570 | Defend code as written; |
6571 | } | 6571 | } |
6572 | 6572 | ||
6573 | return 0; | 6573 | return 0; |
6574 | } | 6574 | } |
6575 | 6575 | ||
6576 | void no_more_time (int sig) | 6576 | void no_more_time (int sig) |
6577 | { | 6577 | { |
6578 | hire_a_guru(); | 6578 | hire_a_guru(); |
6579 | } | 6579 | } |
6580 | 6580 | ||
6581 | 6581 | ||
6582 | Coding Standards: | 6582 | Coding Standards: |
6583 | ----------------- | 6583 | ----------------- |
6584 | 6584 | ||
6585 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel | 6585 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel |
6586 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script | 6586 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script |
6587 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. | 6587 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. |
6588 | 6588 | ||
6589 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the | 6589 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the |
6590 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not | 6590 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not |
6591 | reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those | 6591 | reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those |
6592 | sources. | 6592 | sources. |
6593 | 6593 | ||
6594 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in | 6594 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in |
6595 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) | 6595 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) |
6596 | in your code. | 6596 | in your code. |
6597 | 6597 | ||
6598 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: | 6598 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: |
6599 | - remove any trailing white space | 6599 | - remove any trailing white space |
6600 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces | 6600 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces |
6601 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds | 6601 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds |
6602 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files | 6602 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files |
6603 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files | 6603 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files |
6604 | 6604 | ||
6605 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned | 6605 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned |
6606 | with a request to reformat the changes. | 6606 | with a request to reformat the changes. |
6607 | 6607 | ||
6608 | 6608 | ||
6609 | Submitting Patches: | 6609 | Submitting Patches: |
6610 | ------------------- | 6610 | ------------------- |
6611 | 6611 | ||
6612 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to | 6612 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to |
6613 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules | 6613 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules |
6614 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. | 6614 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. |
6615 | 6615 | ||
6616 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. | 6616 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. |
6617 | 6617 | ||
6618 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; | 6618 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; |
6619 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot | 6619 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot |
6620 | 6620 | ||
6621 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with | 6621 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with |
6622 | it: | 6622 | it: |
6623 | 6623 | ||
6624 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes | 6624 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes |
6625 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the | 6625 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the |
6626 | patch actually fixes something. | 6626 | patch actually fixes something. |
6627 | 6627 | ||
6628 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your | 6628 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your |
6629 | implementation. | 6629 | implementation. |
6630 | 6630 | ||
6631 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) | 6631 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) |
6632 | 6632 | ||
6633 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file | 6633 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file |
6634 | 6634 | ||
6635 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a | 6635 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a |
6636 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. | 6636 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. |
6637 | 6637 | ||
6638 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to | 6638 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to |
6639 | document these in the README file. | 6639 | document these in the README file. |
6640 | 6640 | ||
6641 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* | 6641 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* |
6642 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the | 6642 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the |
6643 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to | 6643 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to |
6644 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems | 6644 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems |
6645 | with some other mail clients. | 6645 | with some other mail clients. |
6646 | 6646 | ||
6647 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of | 6647 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of |
6648 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of | 6648 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of |
6649 | GNU diff. | 6649 | GNU diff. |
6650 | 6650 | ||
6651 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent | 6651 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent |
6652 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that | 6652 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that |
6653 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the | 6653 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the |
6654 | affected files). | 6654 | affected files). |
6655 | 6655 | ||
6656 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, | 6656 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, |
6657 | and compressed attachments must not be used. | 6657 | and compressed attachments must not be used. |
6658 | 6658 | ||
6659 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several | 6659 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several |
6660 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. | 6660 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. |
6661 | 6661 | ||
6662 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be | 6662 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be |
6663 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. | 6663 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. |
6664 | 6664 | ||
6665 | 6665 | ||
6666 | Notes: | 6666 | Notes: |
6667 | 6667 | ||
6668 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched | 6668 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched |
6669 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported | 6669 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported |
6670 | for any of the boards. | 6670 | for any of the boards. |
6671 | 6671 | ||
6672 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch | 6672 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch |
6673 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be | 6673 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be |
6674 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. | 6674 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. |
6675 | 6675 | ||
6676 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not | 6676 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not |
6677 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! | 6677 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! |
6678 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only | 6678 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only |
6679 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature | 6679 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature |
6680 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your | 6680 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your |
6681 | modification. | 6681 | modification. |
6682 | 6682 | ||
6683 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the | 6683 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the |
6684 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are | 6684 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are |
6685 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches | 6685 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches |
6686 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. | 6686 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. |
6687 | 6687 |
common/board_f.c
1 | /* | 1 | /* |
2 | * Copyright (c) 2011 The Chromium OS Authors. | 2 | * Copyright (c) 2011 The Chromium OS Authors. |
3 | * (C) Copyright 2002-2006 | 3 | * (C) Copyright 2002-2006 |
4 | * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 4 | * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
5 | * | 5 | * |
6 | * (C) Copyright 2002 | 6 | * (C) Copyright 2002 |
7 | * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> | 7 | * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> |
8 | * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de> | 8 | * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de> |
9 | * | 9 | * |
10 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 10 | * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
11 | */ | 11 | */ |
12 | 12 | ||
13 | #include <common.h> | 13 | #include <common.h> |
14 | #include <linux/compiler.h> | 14 | #include <linux/compiler.h> |
15 | #include <version.h> | 15 | #include <version.h> |
16 | #include <console.h> | 16 | #include <console.h> |
17 | #include <environment.h> | 17 | #include <environment.h> |
18 | #include <dm.h> | 18 | #include <dm.h> |
19 | #include <fdtdec.h> | 19 | #include <fdtdec.h> |
20 | #include <fs.h> | 20 | #include <fs.h> |
21 | #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) | 21 | #if defined(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) |
22 | #include <ide.h> | 22 | #include <ide.h> |
23 | #endif | 23 | #endif |
24 | #include <i2c.h> | 24 | #include <i2c.h> |
25 | #include <initcall.h> | 25 | #include <initcall.h> |
26 | #include <logbuff.h> | 26 | #include <logbuff.h> |
27 | #include <malloc.h> | 27 | #include <malloc.h> |
28 | #include <mapmem.h> | 28 | #include <mapmem.h> |
29 | 29 | ||
30 | /* TODO: Can we move these into arch/ headers? */ | 30 | /* TODO: Can we move these into arch/ headers? */ |
31 | #ifdef CONFIG_8xx | 31 | #ifdef CONFIG_8xx |
32 | #include <mpc8xx.h> | 32 | #include <mpc8xx.h> |
33 | #endif | 33 | #endif |
34 | #ifdef CONFIG_5xx | 34 | #ifdef CONFIG_5xx |
35 | #include <mpc5xx.h> | 35 | #include <mpc5xx.h> |
36 | #endif | 36 | #endif |
37 | #ifdef CONFIG_MPC5xxx | 37 | #ifdef CONFIG_MPC5xxx |
38 | #include <mpc5xxx.h> | 38 | #include <mpc5xxx.h> |
39 | #endif | 39 | #endif |
40 | #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) | 40 | #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) |
41 | #include <asm/mp.h> | 41 | #include <asm/mp.h> |
42 | #endif | 42 | #endif |
43 | 43 | ||
44 | #include <os.h> | 44 | #include <os.h> |
45 | #include <post.h> | 45 | #include <post.h> |
46 | #include <spi.h> | 46 | #include <spi.h> |
47 | #include <status_led.h> | 47 | #include <status_led.h> |
48 | #include <trace.h> | 48 | #include <trace.h> |
49 | #include <watchdog.h> | 49 | #include <watchdog.h> |
50 | #include <asm/errno.h> | 50 | #include <asm/errno.h> |
51 | #include <asm/io.h> | 51 | #include <asm/io.h> |
52 | #include <asm/sections.h> | 52 | #include <asm/sections.h> |
53 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) | 53 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) |
54 | #include <asm/init_helpers.h> | 54 | #include <asm/init_helpers.h> |
55 | #include <asm/relocate.h> | 55 | #include <asm/relocate.h> |
56 | #endif | 56 | #endif |
57 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX | 57 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX |
58 | #include <asm/state.h> | 58 | #include <asm/state.h> |
59 | #endif | 59 | #endif |
60 | #include <dm/root.h> | 60 | #include <dm/root.h> |
61 | #include <linux/compiler.h> | 61 | #include <linux/compiler.h> |
62 | 62 | ||
63 | /* | 63 | /* |
64 | * Pointer to initial global data area | 64 | * Pointer to initial global data area |
65 | * | 65 | * |
66 | * Here we initialize it if needed. | 66 | * Here we initialize it if needed. |
67 | */ | 67 | */ |
68 | #ifdef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR | 68 | #ifdef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR |
69 | #undef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR | 69 | #undef XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR |
70 | #define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR /* empty = allocate here */ | 70 | #define XTRN_DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR /* empty = allocate here */ |
71 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR = (gd_t *) (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_GD_ADDR); | 71 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR = (gd_t *) (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_GD_ADDR); |
72 | #else | 72 | #else |
73 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; | 73 | DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; |
74 | #endif | 74 | #endif |
75 | 75 | ||
76 | /* | 76 | /* |
77 | * TODO(sjg@chromium.org): IMO this code should be | 77 | * TODO(sjg@chromium.org): IMO this code should be |
78 | * refactored to a single function, something like: | 78 | * refactored to a single function, something like: |
79 | * | 79 | * |
80 | * void led_set_state(enum led_colour_t colour, int on); | 80 | * void led_set_state(enum led_colour_t colour, int on); |
81 | */ | 81 | */ |
82 | /************************************************************************ | 82 | /************************************************************************ |
83 | * Coloured LED functionality | 83 | * Coloured LED functionality |
84 | ************************************************************************ | 84 | ************************************************************************ |
85 | * May be supplied by boards if desired | 85 | * May be supplied by boards if desired |
86 | */ | 86 | */ |
87 | __weak void coloured_LED_init(void) {} | 87 | __weak void coloured_LED_init(void) {} |
88 | __weak void red_led_on(void) {} | 88 | __weak void red_led_on(void) {} |
89 | __weak void red_led_off(void) {} | 89 | __weak void red_led_off(void) {} |
90 | __weak void green_led_on(void) {} | 90 | __weak void green_led_on(void) {} |
91 | __weak void green_led_off(void) {} | 91 | __weak void green_led_off(void) {} |
92 | __weak void yellow_led_on(void) {} | 92 | __weak void yellow_led_on(void) {} |
93 | __weak void yellow_led_off(void) {} | 93 | __weak void yellow_led_off(void) {} |
94 | __weak void blue_led_on(void) {} | 94 | __weak void blue_led_on(void) {} |
95 | __weak void blue_led_off(void) {} | 95 | __weak void blue_led_off(void) {} |
96 | 96 | ||
97 | /* | 97 | /* |
98 | * Why is gd allocated a register? Prior to reloc it might be better to | 98 | * Why is gd allocated a register? Prior to reloc it might be better to |
99 | * just pass it around to each function in this file? | 99 | * just pass it around to each function in this file? |
100 | * | 100 | * |
101 | * After reloc one could argue that it is hardly used and doesn't need | 101 | * After reloc one could argue that it is hardly used and doesn't need |
102 | * to be in a register. Or if it is it should perhaps hold pointers to all | 102 | * to be in a register. Or if it is it should perhaps hold pointers to all |
103 | * global data for all modules, so that post-reloc we can avoid the massive | 103 | * global data for all modules, so that post-reloc we can avoid the massive |
104 | * literal pool we get on ARM. Or perhaps just encourage each module to use | 104 | * literal pool we get on ARM. Or perhaps just encourage each module to use |
105 | * a structure... | 105 | * a structure... |
106 | */ | 106 | */ |
107 | 107 | ||
108 | /* | 108 | /* |
109 | * Could the CONFIG_SPL_BUILD infection become a flag in gd? | 109 | * Could the CONFIG_SPL_BUILD infection become a flag in gd? |
110 | */ | 110 | */ |
111 | 111 | ||
112 | #if defined(CONFIG_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) | 112 | #if defined(CONFIG_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) |
113 | static int init_func_watchdog_init(void) | 113 | static int init_func_watchdog_init(void) |
114 | { | 114 | { |
115 | # if defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) && (defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || \ | 115 | # if defined(CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG) && (defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || \ |
116 | defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || \ | 116 | defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || \ |
117 | defined(CONFIG_SH) || defined(CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG) || \ | 117 | defined(CONFIG_SH) || defined(CONFIG_AT91SAM9_WATCHDOG) || \ |
118 | defined(CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG)) | 118 | defined(CONFIG_IMX_WATCHDOG)) |
119 | hw_watchdog_init(); | 119 | hw_watchdog_init(); |
120 | # endif | 120 | # endif |
121 | puts(" Watchdog enabled\n"); | 121 | puts(" Watchdog enabled\n"); |
122 | WATCHDOG_RESET(); | 122 | WATCHDOG_RESET(); |
123 | 123 | ||
124 | return 0; | 124 | return 0; |
125 | } | 125 | } |
126 | 126 | ||
127 | int init_func_watchdog_reset(void) | 127 | int init_func_watchdog_reset(void) |
128 | { | 128 | { |
129 | WATCHDOG_RESET(); | 129 | WATCHDOG_RESET(); |
130 | 130 | ||
131 | return 0; | 131 | return 0; |
132 | } | 132 | } |
133 | #endif /* CONFIG_WATCHDOG */ | 133 | #endif /* CONFIG_WATCHDOG */ |
134 | 134 | ||
135 | __weak void board_add_ram_info(int use_default) | 135 | __weak void board_add_ram_info(int use_default) |
136 | { | 136 | { |
137 | /* please define platform specific board_add_ram_info() */ | 137 | /* please define platform specific board_add_ram_info() */ |
138 | } | 138 | } |
139 | 139 | ||
140 | static int init_baud_rate(void) | 140 | static int init_baud_rate(void) |
141 | { | 141 | { |
142 | gd->baudrate = getenv_ulong("baudrate", 10, CONFIG_BAUDRATE); | 142 | gd->baudrate = getenv_ulong("baudrate", 10, CONFIG_BAUDRATE); |
143 | return 0; | 143 | return 0; |
144 | } | 144 | } |
145 | 145 | ||
146 | static int display_text_info(void) | 146 | static int display_text_info(void) |
147 | { | 147 | { |
148 | #if !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) | 148 | #if !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) |
149 | ulong bss_start, bss_end, text_base; | 149 | ulong bss_start, bss_end, text_base; |
150 | 150 | ||
151 | bss_start = (ulong)&__bss_start; | 151 | bss_start = (ulong)&__bss_start; |
152 | bss_end = (ulong)&__bss_end; | 152 | bss_end = (ulong)&__bss_end; |
153 | 153 | ||
154 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE | 154 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE |
155 | text_base = CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; | 155 | text_base = CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; |
156 | #else | 156 | #else |
157 | text_base = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; | 157 | text_base = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; |
158 | #endif | 158 | #endif |
159 | 159 | ||
160 | debug("U-Boot code: %08lX -> %08lX BSS: -> %08lX\n", | 160 | debug("U-Boot code: %08lX -> %08lX BSS: -> %08lX\n", |
161 | text_base, bss_start, bss_end); | 161 | text_base, bss_start, bss_end); |
162 | #endif | 162 | #endif |
163 | 163 | ||
164 | #ifdef CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT | 164 | #ifdef CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT |
165 | debug("Modem Support enabled\n"); | 165 | debug("Modem Support enabled\n"); |
166 | #endif | 166 | #endif |
167 | #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ | 167 | #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ |
168 | debug("IRQ Stack: %08lx\n", IRQ_STACK_START); | 168 | debug("IRQ Stack: %08lx\n", IRQ_STACK_START); |
169 | debug("FIQ Stack: %08lx\n", FIQ_STACK_START); | 169 | debug("FIQ Stack: %08lx\n", FIQ_STACK_START); |
170 | #endif | 170 | #endif |
171 | 171 | ||
172 | return 0; | 172 | return 0; |
173 | } | 173 | } |
174 | 174 | ||
175 | static int announce_dram_init(void) | 175 | static int announce_dram_init(void) |
176 | { | 176 | { |
177 | puts("DRAM: "); | 177 | puts("DRAM: "); |
178 | return 0; | 178 | return 0; |
179 | } | 179 | } |
180 | 180 | ||
181 | #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 181 | #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
182 | static int init_func_ram(void) | 182 | static int init_func_ram(void) |
183 | { | 183 | { |
184 | #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES | 184 | #ifdef CONFIG_BOARD_TYPES |
185 | int board_type = gd->board_type; | 185 | int board_type = gd->board_type; |
186 | #else | 186 | #else |
187 | int board_type = 0; /* use dummy arg */ | 187 | int board_type = 0; /* use dummy arg */ |
188 | #endif | 188 | #endif |
189 | 189 | ||
190 | gd->ram_size = initdram(board_type); | 190 | gd->ram_size = initdram(board_type); |
191 | 191 | ||
192 | if (gd->ram_size > 0) | 192 | if (gd->ram_size > 0) |
193 | return 0; | 193 | return 0; |
194 | 194 | ||
195 | puts("*** failed ***\n"); | 195 | puts("*** failed ***\n"); |
196 | return 1; | 196 | return 1; |
197 | } | 197 | } |
198 | #endif | 198 | #endif |
199 | 199 | ||
200 | static int show_dram_config(void) | 200 | static int show_dram_config(void) |
201 | { | 201 | { |
202 | unsigned long long size; | 202 | unsigned long long size; |
203 | 203 | ||
204 | #ifdef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS | 204 | #ifdef CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS |
205 | int i; | 205 | int i; |
206 | 206 | ||
207 | debug("\nRAM Configuration:\n"); | 207 | debug("\nRAM Configuration:\n"); |
208 | for (i = size = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; i++) { | 208 | for (i = size = 0; i < CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS; i++) { |
209 | size += gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size; | 209 | size += gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size; |
210 | debug("Bank #%d: %llx ", i, | 210 | debug("Bank #%d: %llx ", i, |
211 | (unsigned long long)(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].start)); | 211 | (unsigned long long)(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].start)); |
212 | #ifdef DEBUG | 212 | #ifdef DEBUG |
213 | print_size(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size, "\n"); | 213 | print_size(gd->bd->bi_dram[i].size, "\n"); |
214 | #endif | 214 | #endif |
215 | } | 215 | } |
216 | debug("\nDRAM: "); | 216 | debug("\nDRAM: "); |
217 | #else | 217 | #else |
218 | size = gd->ram_size; | 218 | size = gd->ram_size; |
219 | #endif | 219 | #endif |
220 | 220 | ||
221 | print_size(size, ""); | 221 | print_size(size, ""); |
222 | board_add_ram_info(0); | 222 | board_add_ram_info(0); |
223 | putc('\n'); | 223 | putc('\n'); |
224 | 224 | ||
225 | return 0; | 225 | return 0; |
226 | } | 226 | } |
227 | 227 | ||
228 | __weak void dram_init_banksize(void) | 228 | __weak void dram_init_banksize(void) |
229 | { | 229 | { |
230 | #if defined(CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) | 230 | #if defined(CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) |
231 | gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; | 231 | gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; |
232 | gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = get_effective_memsize(); | 232 | gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size = get_effective_memsize(); |
233 | #endif | 233 | #endif |
234 | } | 234 | } |
235 | 235 | ||
236 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) | 236 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) |
237 | static int init_func_i2c(void) | 237 | static int init_func_i2c(void) |
238 | { | 238 | { |
239 | puts("I2C: "); | 239 | puts("I2C: "); |
240 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C | 240 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_I2C |
241 | i2c_init_all(); | 241 | i2c_init_all(); |
242 | #else | 242 | #else |
243 | i2c_init(CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE); | 243 | i2c_init(CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE); |
244 | #endif | 244 | #endif |
245 | puts("ready\n"); | 245 | puts("ready\n"); |
246 | return 0; | 246 | return 0; |
247 | } | 247 | } |
248 | #endif | 248 | #endif |
249 | 249 | ||
250 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) | 250 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) |
251 | static int init_func_spi(void) | 251 | static int init_func_spi(void) |
252 | { | 252 | { |
253 | puts("SPI: "); | 253 | puts("SPI: "); |
254 | spi_init(); | 254 | spi_init(); |
255 | puts("ready\n"); | 255 | puts("ready\n"); |
256 | return 0; | 256 | return 0; |
257 | } | 257 | } |
258 | #endif | 258 | #endif |
259 | 259 | ||
260 | __maybe_unused | 260 | __maybe_unused |
261 | static int zero_global_data(void) | 261 | static int zero_global_data(void) |
262 | { | 262 | { |
263 | memset((void *)gd, '\0', sizeof(gd_t)); | 263 | memset((void *)gd, '\0', sizeof(gd_t)); |
264 | 264 | ||
265 | return 0; | 265 | return 0; |
266 | } | 266 | } |
267 | 267 | ||
268 | static int setup_mon_len(void) | 268 | static int setup_mon_len(void) |
269 | { | 269 | { |
270 | #if defined(__ARM__) || defined(__MICROBLAZE__) | 270 | #if defined(__ARM__) || defined(__MICROBLAZE__) |
271 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)_start; | 271 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)_start; |
272 | #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) | 272 | #elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) |
273 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init; | 273 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init; |
274 | #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NIOS2) | 274 | #elif defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NIOS2) |
275 | gd->mon_len = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN; | 275 | gd->mon_len = CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN; |
276 | #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32) | 276 | #elif defined(CONFIG_NDS32) |
277 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)(&__bss_end) - (ulong)(&_start); | 277 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)(&__bss_end) - (ulong)(&_start); |
278 | #else | 278 | #else |
279 | /* TODO: use (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)&__text_start; ? */ | 279 | /* TODO: use (ulong)&__bss_end - (ulong)&__text_start; ? */ |
280 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; | 280 | gd->mon_len = (ulong)&__bss_end - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE; |
281 | #endif | 281 | #endif |
282 | return 0; | 282 | return 0; |
283 | } | 283 | } |
284 | 284 | ||
285 | __weak int arch_cpu_init(void) | 285 | __weak int arch_cpu_init(void) |
286 | { | 286 | { |
287 | return 0; | 287 | return 0; |
288 | } | 288 | } |
289 | 289 | ||
290 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX | 290 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX |
291 | static int setup_ram_buf(void) | 291 | static int setup_ram_buf(void) |
292 | { | 292 | { |
293 | struct sandbox_state *state = state_get_current(); | 293 | struct sandbox_state *state = state_get_current(); |
294 | 294 | ||
295 | gd->arch.ram_buf = state->ram_buf; | 295 | gd->arch.ram_buf = state->ram_buf; |
296 | gd->ram_size = state->ram_size; | 296 | gd->ram_size = state->ram_size; |
297 | 297 | ||
298 | return 0; | 298 | return 0; |
299 | } | 299 | } |
300 | #endif | 300 | #endif |
301 | 301 | ||
302 | /* Get the top of usable RAM */ | 302 | /* Get the top of usable RAM */ |
303 | __weak ulong board_get_usable_ram_top(ulong total_size) | 303 | __weak ulong board_get_usable_ram_top(ulong total_size) |
304 | { | 304 | { |
305 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE | 305 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE |
306 | /* | 306 | /* |
307 | * Detect whether we have so much RAM that it goes past the end of our | 307 | * Detect whether we have so much RAM that it goes past the end of our |
308 | * 32-bit address space. If so, clip the usable RAM so it doesn't. | 308 | * 32-bit address space. If so, clip the usable RAM so it doesn't. |
309 | */ | 309 | */ |
310 | if (gd->ram_top < CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) | 310 | if (gd->ram_top < CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE) |
311 | /* | 311 | /* |
312 | * Will wrap back to top of 32-bit space when reservations | 312 | * Will wrap back to top of 32-bit space when reservations |
313 | * are made. | 313 | * are made. |
314 | */ | 314 | */ |
315 | return 0; | 315 | return 0; |
316 | #endif | 316 | #endif |
317 | return gd->ram_top; | 317 | return gd->ram_top; |
318 | } | 318 | } |
319 | 319 | ||
320 | __weak phys_size_t board_reserve_ram_top(phys_size_t ram_size) | ||
321 | { | ||
322 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE | ||
323 | return ram_size - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE; | ||
324 | #else | ||
325 | return ram_size; | ||
326 | #endif | ||
327 | } | ||
328 | |||
320 | static int setup_dest_addr(void) | 329 | static int setup_dest_addr(void) |
321 | { | 330 | { |
322 | debug("Monitor len: %08lX\n", gd->mon_len); | 331 | debug("Monitor len: %08lX\n", gd->mon_len); |
323 | /* | 332 | /* |
324 | * Ram is setup, size stored in gd !! | 333 | * Ram is setup, size stored in gd !! |
325 | */ | 334 | */ |
326 | debug("Ram size: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_size); | 335 | debug("Ram size: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_size); |
327 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE | 336 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE |
328 | /* Reserve memory for secure MMU tables, and/or security monitor */ | 337 | /* Reserve memory for secure MMU tables, and/or security monitor */ |
329 | gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE; | 338 | gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE; |
330 | /* | 339 | /* |
331 | * Record secure memory location. Need recalcuate if memory splits | 340 | * Record secure memory location. Need recalcuate if memory splits |
332 | * into banks, or the ram base is not zero. | 341 | * into banks, or the ram base is not zero. |
333 | */ | 342 | */ |
334 | gd->secure_ram = gd->ram_size; | 343 | gd->secure_ram = gd->ram_size; |
335 | #endif | 344 | #endif |
336 | #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE) | ||
337 | /* | 345 | /* |
338 | * Subtract specified amount of memory to hide so that it won't | 346 | * Subtract specified amount of memory to hide so that it won't |
339 | * get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By fixing up gd->ram_size | 347 | * get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By fixing up gd->ram_size |
340 | * the Linux kernel should now get passed the now "corrected" | 348 | * the Linux kernel should now get passed the now "corrected" |
341 | * memory size and won't touch it either. This should work | 349 | * memory size and won't touch it either. This has been used |
342 | * for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux board ports in | 350 | * by arch/powerpc exclusively. Now ARMv8 takes advantage of |
343 | * arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support, that recalculate the | 351 | * thie mechanism. If memory is split into banks, addresses |
344 | * memory size from the SDRAM controller setup will have to | 352 | * need to be calculated. |
345 | * get fixed. | ||
346 | */ | 353 | */ |
347 | gd->ram_size -= CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE; | 354 | gd->ram_size = board_reserve_ram_top(gd->ram_size); |
348 | #endif | 355 | |
349 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE | 356 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE |
350 | gd->ram_top = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; | 357 | gd->ram_top = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; |
351 | #endif | 358 | #endif |
352 | gd->ram_top += get_effective_memsize(); | 359 | gd->ram_top += get_effective_memsize(); |
353 | gd->ram_top = board_get_usable_ram_top(gd->mon_len); | 360 | gd->ram_top = board_get_usable_ram_top(gd->mon_len); |
354 | gd->relocaddr = gd->ram_top; | 361 | gd->relocaddr = gd->ram_top; |
355 | debug("Ram top: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_top); | 362 | debug("Ram top: %08lX\n", (ulong)gd->ram_top); |
356 | #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) | 363 | #if defined(CONFIG_MP) && (defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) || defined(CONFIG_E500)) |
357 | /* | 364 | /* |
358 | * We need to make sure the location we intend to put secondary core | 365 | * We need to make sure the location we intend to put secondary core |
359 | * boot code is reserved and not used by any part of u-boot | 366 | * boot code is reserved and not used by any part of u-boot |
360 | */ | 367 | */ |
361 | if (gd->relocaddr > determine_mp_bootpg(NULL)) { | 368 | if (gd->relocaddr > determine_mp_bootpg(NULL)) { |
362 | gd->relocaddr = determine_mp_bootpg(NULL); | 369 | gd->relocaddr = determine_mp_bootpg(NULL); |
363 | debug("Reserving MP boot page to %08lx\n", gd->relocaddr); | 370 | debug("Reserving MP boot page to %08lx\n", gd->relocaddr); |
364 | } | 371 | } |
365 | #endif | 372 | #endif |
366 | return 0; | 373 | return 0; |
367 | } | 374 | } |
368 | 375 | ||
369 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) | 376 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) |
370 | static int reserve_prom(void) | 377 | static int reserve_prom(void) |
371 | { | 378 | { |
372 | /* defined in arch/sparc/cpu/leon?/prom.c */ | 379 | /* defined in arch/sparc/cpu/leon?/prom.c */ |
373 | extern void *__prom_start_reloc; | 380 | extern void *__prom_start_reloc; |
374 | int size = 8192; /* page table = 2k, prom = 6k */ | 381 | int size = 8192; /* page table = 2k, prom = 6k */ |
375 | gd->relocaddr -= size; | 382 | gd->relocaddr -= size; |
376 | __prom_start_reloc = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr + 2048, size - 2048); | 383 | __prom_start_reloc = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr + 2048, size - 2048); |
377 | debug("Reserving %dk for PROM and page table at %08lx\n", size, | 384 | debug("Reserving %dk for PROM and page table at %08lx\n", size, |
378 | gd->relocaddr); | 385 | gd->relocaddr); |
379 | return 0; | 386 | return 0; |
380 | } | 387 | } |
381 | #endif | 388 | #endif |
382 | 389 | ||
383 | #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) | 390 | #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) |
384 | static int reserve_logbuffer(void) | 391 | static int reserve_logbuffer(void) |
385 | { | 392 | { |
386 | /* reserve kernel log buffer */ | 393 | /* reserve kernel log buffer */ |
387 | gd->relocaddr -= LOGBUFF_RESERVE; | 394 | gd->relocaddr -= LOGBUFF_RESERVE; |
388 | debug("Reserving %dk for kernel logbuffer at %08lx\n", LOGBUFF_LEN, | 395 | debug("Reserving %dk for kernel logbuffer at %08lx\n", LOGBUFF_LEN, |
389 | gd->relocaddr); | 396 | gd->relocaddr); |
390 | return 0; | 397 | return 0; |
391 | } | 398 | } |
392 | #endif | 399 | #endif |
393 | 400 | ||
394 | #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM | 401 | #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM |
395 | /* reserve protected RAM */ | 402 | /* reserve protected RAM */ |
396 | static int reserve_pram(void) | 403 | static int reserve_pram(void) |
397 | { | 404 | { |
398 | ulong reg; | 405 | ulong reg; |
399 | 406 | ||
400 | reg = getenv_ulong("pram", 10, CONFIG_PRAM); | 407 | reg = getenv_ulong("pram", 10, CONFIG_PRAM); |
401 | gd->relocaddr -= (reg << 10); /* size is in kB */ | 408 | gd->relocaddr -= (reg << 10); /* size is in kB */ |
402 | debug("Reserving %ldk for protected RAM at %08lx\n", reg, | 409 | debug("Reserving %ldk for protected RAM at %08lx\n", reg, |
403 | gd->relocaddr); | 410 | gd->relocaddr); |
404 | return 0; | 411 | return 0; |
405 | } | 412 | } |
406 | #endif /* CONFIG_PRAM */ | 413 | #endif /* CONFIG_PRAM */ |
407 | 414 | ||
408 | /* Round memory pointer down to next 4 kB limit */ | 415 | /* Round memory pointer down to next 4 kB limit */ |
409 | static int reserve_round_4k(void) | 416 | static int reserve_round_4k(void) |
410 | { | 417 | { |
411 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); | 418 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); |
412 | return 0; | 419 | return 0; |
413 | } | 420 | } |
414 | 421 | ||
415 | #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ | 422 | #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ |
416 | defined(CONFIG_ARM) | 423 | defined(CONFIG_ARM) |
417 | static int reserve_mmu(void) | 424 | static int reserve_mmu(void) |
418 | { | 425 | { |
419 | /* reserve TLB table */ | 426 | /* reserve TLB table */ |
420 | gd->arch.tlb_size = PGTABLE_SIZE; | 427 | gd->arch.tlb_size = PGTABLE_SIZE; |
421 | gd->relocaddr -= gd->arch.tlb_size; | 428 | gd->relocaddr -= gd->arch.tlb_size; |
422 | 429 | ||
423 | /* round down to next 64 kB limit */ | 430 | /* round down to next 64 kB limit */ |
424 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(0x10000 - 1); | 431 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(0x10000 - 1); |
425 | 432 | ||
426 | gd->arch.tlb_addr = gd->relocaddr; | 433 | gd->arch.tlb_addr = gd->relocaddr; |
427 | debug("TLB table from %08lx to %08lx\n", gd->arch.tlb_addr, | 434 | debug("TLB table from %08lx to %08lx\n", gd->arch.tlb_addr, |
428 | gd->arch.tlb_addr + gd->arch.tlb_size); | 435 | gd->arch.tlb_addr + gd->arch.tlb_size); |
429 | return 0; | 436 | return 0; |
430 | } | 437 | } |
431 | #endif | 438 | #endif |
432 | 439 | ||
433 | #ifdef CONFIG_LCD | 440 | #ifdef CONFIG_LCD |
434 | static int reserve_lcd(void) | 441 | static int reserve_lcd(void) |
435 | { | 442 | { |
436 | #ifdef CONFIG_FB_ADDR | 443 | #ifdef CONFIG_FB_ADDR |
437 | gd->fb_base = CONFIG_FB_ADDR; | 444 | gd->fb_base = CONFIG_FB_ADDR; |
438 | #else | 445 | #else |
439 | /* reserve memory for LCD display (always full pages) */ | 446 | /* reserve memory for LCD display (always full pages) */ |
440 | gd->relocaddr = lcd_setmem(gd->relocaddr); | 447 | gd->relocaddr = lcd_setmem(gd->relocaddr); |
441 | gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; | 448 | gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; |
442 | #endif /* CONFIG_FB_ADDR */ | 449 | #endif /* CONFIG_FB_ADDR */ |
443 | return 0; | 450 | return 0; |
444 | } | 451 | } |
445 | #endif /* CONFIG_LCD */ | 452 | #endif /* CONFIG_LCD */ |
446 | 453 | ||
447 | static int reserve_trace(void) | 454 | static int reserve_trace(void) |
448 | { | 455 | { |
449 | #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE | 456 | #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE |
450 | gd->relocaddr -= CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE; | 457 | gd->relocaddr -= CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE; |
451 | gd->trace_buff = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr, CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE); | 458 | gd->trace_buff = map_sysmem(gd->relocaddr, CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE); |
452 | debug("Reserving %dk for trace data at: %08lx\n", | 459 | debug("Reserving %dk for trace data at: %08lx\n", |
453 | CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE >> 10, gd->relocaddr); | 460 | CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE >> 10, gd->relocaddr); |
454 | #endif | 461 | #endif |
455 | 462 | ||
456 | return 0; | 463 | return 0; |
457 | } | 464 | } |
458 | 465 | ||
459 | #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ | 466 | #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ |
460 | !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ | 467 | !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ |
461 | !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 468 | !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
462 | static int reserve_video(void) | 469 | static int reserve_video(void) |
463 | { | 470 | { |
464 | /* reserve memory for video display (always full pages) */ | 471 | /* reserve memory for video display (always full pages) */ |
465 | gd->relocaddr = video_setmem(gd->relocaddr); | 472 | gd->relocaddr = video_setmem(gd->relocaddr); |
466 | gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; | 473 | gd->fb_base = gd->relocaddr; |
467 | 474 | ||
468 | return 0; | 475 | return 0; |
469 | } | 476 | } |
470 | #endif | 477 | #endif |
471 | 478 | ||
472 | static int reserve_uboot(void) | 479 | static int reserve_uboot(void) |
473 | { | 480 | { |
474 | /* | 481 | /* |
475 | * reserve memory for U-Boot code, data & bss | 482 | * reserve memory for U-Boot code, data & bss |
476 | * round down to next 4 kB limit | 483 | * round down to next 4 kB limit |
477 | */ | 484 | */ |
478 | gd->relocaddr -= gd->mon_len; | 485 | gd->relocaddr -= gd->mon_len; |
479 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); | 486 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(4096 - 1); |
480 | #ifdef CONFIG_E500 | 487 | #ifdef CONFIG_E500 |
481 | /* round down to next 64 kB limit so that IVPR stays aligned */ | 488 | /* round down to next 64 kB limit so that IVPR stays aligned */ |
482 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(65536 - 1); | 489 | gd->relocaddr &= ~(65536 - 1); |
483 | #endif | 490 | #endif |
484 | 491 | ||
485 | debug("Reserving %ldk for U-Boot at: %08lx\n", gd->mon_len >> 10, | 492 | debug("Reserving %ldk for U-Boot at: %08lx\n", gd->mon_len >> 10, |
486 | gd->relocaddr); | 493 | gd->relocaddr); |
487 | 494 | ||
488 | gd->start_addr_sp = gd->relocaddr; | 495 | gd->start_addr_sp = gd->relocaddr; |
489 | 496 | ||
490 | return 0; | 497 | return 0; |
491 | } | 498 | } |
492 | 499 | ||
493 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 500 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
494 | /* reserve memory for malloc() area */ | 501 | /* reserve memory for malloc() area */ |
495 | static int reserve_malloc(void) | 502 | static int reserve_malloc(void) |
496 | { | 503 | { |
497 | gd->start_addr_sp = gd->start_addr_sp - TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN; | 504 | gd->start_addr_sp = gd->start_addr_sp - TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN; |
498 | debug("Reserving %dk for malloc() at: %08lx\n", | 505 | debug("Reserving %dk for malloc() at: %08lx\n", |
499 | TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN >> 10, gd->start_addr_sp); | 506 | TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN >> 10, gd->start_addr_sp); |
500 | return 0; | 507 | return 0; |
501 | } | 508 | } |
502 | 509 | ||
503 | /* (permanently) allocate a Board Info struct */ | 510 | /* (permanently) allocate a Board Info struct */ |
504 | static int reserve_board(void) | 511 | static int reserve_board(void) |
505 | { | 512 | { |
506 | if (!gd->bd) { | 513 | if (!gd->bd) { |
507 | gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(bd_t); | 514 | gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(bd_t); |
508 | gd->bd = (bd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(bd_t)); | 515 | gd->bd = (bd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(bd_t)); |
509 | memset(gd->bd, '\0', sizeof(bd_t)); | 516 | memset(gd->bd, '\0', sizeof(bd_t)); |
510 | debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Board Info at: %08lx\n", | 517 | debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Board Info at: %08lx\n", |
511 | sizeof(bd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); | 518 | sizeof(bd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); |
512 | } | 519 | } |
513 | return 0; | 520 | return 0; |
514 | } | 521 | } |
515 | #endif | 522 | #endif |
516 | 523 | ||
517 | static int setup_machine(void) | 524 | static int setup_machine(void) |
518 | { | 525 | { |
519 | #ifdef CONFIG_MACH_TYPE | 526 | #ifdef CONFIG_MACH_TYPE |
520 | gd->bd->bi_arch_number = CONFIG_MACH_TYPE; /* board id for Linux */ | 527 | gd->bd->bi_arch_number = CONFIG_MACH_TYPE; /* board id for Linux */ |
521 | #endif | 528 | #endif |
522 | return 0; | 529 | return 0; |
523 | } | 530 | } |
524 | 531 | ||
525 | static int reserve_global_data(void) | 532 | static int reserve_global_data(void) |
526 | { | 533 | { |
527 | gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(gd_t); | 534 | gd->start_addr_sp -= sizeof(gd_t); |
528 | gd->new_gd = (gd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(gd_t)); | 535 | gd->new_gd = (gd_t *)map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, sizeof(gd_t)); |
529 | debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Global Data at: %08lx\n", | 536 | debug("Reserving %zu Bytes for Global Data at: %08lx\n", |
530 | sizeof(gd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); | 537 | sizeof(gd_t), gd->start_addr_sp); |
531 | return 0; | 538 | return 0; |
532 | } | 539 | } |
533 | 540 | ||
534 | static int reserve_fdt(void) | 541 | static int reserve_fdt(void) |
535 | { | 542 | { |
536 | #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED | 543 | #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED |
537 | /* | 544 | /* |
538 | * If the device tree is sitting immediately above our image then we | 545 | * If the device tree is sitting immediately above our image then we |
539 | * must relocate it. If it is embedded in the data section, then it | 546 | * must relocate it. If it is embedded in the data section, then it |
540 | * will be relocated with other data. | 547 | * will be relocated with other data. |
541 | */ | 548 | */ |
542 | if (gd->fdt_blob) { | 549 | if (gd->fdt_blob) { |
543 | gd->fdt_size = ALIGN(fdt_totalsize(gd->fdt_blob) + 0x1000, 32); | 550 | gd->fdt_size = ALIGN(fdt_totalsize(gd->fdt_blob) + 0x1000, 32); |
544 | 551 | ||
545 | gd->start_addr_sp -= gd->fdt_size; | 552 | gd->start_addr_sp -= gd->fdt_size; |
546 | gd->new_fdt = map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->fdt_size); | 553 | gd->new_fdt = map_sysmem(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->fdt_size); |
547 | debug("Reserving %lu Bytes for FDT at: %08lx\n", | 554 | debug("Reserving %lu Bytes for FDT at: %08lx\n", |
548 | gd->fdt_size, gd->start_addr_sp); | 555 | gd->fdt_size, gd->start_addr_sp); |
549 | } | 556 | } |
550 | #endif | 557 | #endif |
551 | 558 | ||
552 | return 0; | 559 | return 0; |
553 | } | 560 | } |
554 | 561 | ||
555 | int arch_reserve_stacks(void) | 562 | int arch_reserve_stacks(void) |
556 | { | 563 | { |
557 | return 0; | 564 | return 0; |
558 | } | 565 | } |
559 | 566 | ||
560 | static int reserve_stacks(void) | 567 | static int reserve_stacks(void) |
561 | { | 568 | { |
562 | /* make stack pointer 16-byte aligned */ | 569 | /* make stack pointer 16-byte aligned */ |
563 | gd->start_addr_sp -= 16; | 570 | gd->start_addr_sp -= 16; |
564 | gd->start_addr_sp &= ~0xf; | 571 | gd->start_addr_sp &= ~0xf; |
565 | 572 | ||
566 | /* | 573 | /* |
567 | * let the architecture-specific code tailor gd->start_addr_sp and | 574 | * let the architecture-specific code tailor gd->start_addr_sp and |
568 | * gd->irq_sp | 575 | * gd->irq_sp |
569 | */ | 576 | */ |
570 | return arch_reserve_stacks(); | 577 | return arch_reserve_stacks(); |
571 | } | 578 | } |
572 | 579 | ||
573 | static int display_new_sp(void) | 580 | static int display_new_sp(void) |
574 | { | 581 | { |
575 | debug("New Stack Pointer is: %08lx\n", gd->start_addr_sp); | 582 | debug("New Stack Pointer is: %08lx\n", gd->start_addr_sp); |
576 | 583 | ||
577 | return 0; | 584 | return 0; |
578 | } | 585 | } |
579 | 586 | ||
580 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) | 587 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) |
581 | static int setup_board_part1(void) | 588 | static int setup_board_part1(void) |
582 | { | 589 | { |
583 | bd_t *bd = gd->bd; | 590 | bd_t *bd = gd->bd; |
584 | 591 | ||
585 | /* | 592 | /* |
586 | * Save local variables to board info struct | 593 | * Save local variables to board info struct |
587 | */ | 594 | */ |
588 | bd->bi_memstart = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; /* start of memory */ | 595 | bd->bi_memstart = CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE; /* start of memory */ |
589 | bd->bi_memsize = gd->ram_size; /* size in bytes */ | 596 | bd->bi_memsize = gd->ram_size; /* size in bytes */ |
590 | 597 | ||
591 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE | 598 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE |
592 | bd->bi_sramstart = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE; /* start of SRAM */ | 599 | bd->bi_sramstart = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_BASE; /* start of SRAM */ |
593 | bd->bi_sramsize = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_SIZE; /* size of SRAM */ | 600 | bd->bi_sramsize = CONFIG_SYS_SRAM_SIZE; /* size of SRAM */ |
594 | #endif | 601 | #endif |
595 | 602 | ||
596 | #if defined(CONFIG_8xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_5xx) || \ | 603 | #if defined(CONFIG_8xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) || defined(CONFIG_5xx) || \ |
597 | defined(CONFIG_E500) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) | 604 | defined(CONFIG_E500) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) |
598 | bd->bi_immr_base = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; /* base of IMMR register */ | 605 | bd->bi_immr_base = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; /* base of IMMR register */ |
599 | #endif | 606 | #endif |
600 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 607 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
601 | bd->bi_mbar_base = CONFIG_SYS_MBAR; /* base of internal registers */ | 608 | bd->bi_mbar_base = CONFIG_SYS_MBAR; /* base of internal registers */ |
602 | #endif | 609 | #endif |
603 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) | 610 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) |
604 | bd->bi_immrbar = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; | 611 | bd->bi_immrbar = CONFIG_SYS_IMMR; |
605 | #endif | 612 | #endif |
606 | 613 | ||
607 | return 0; | 614 | return 0; |
608 | } | 615 | } |
609 | #endif | 616 | #endif |
610 | 617 | ||
611 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 618 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
612 | static int setup_board_part2(void) | 619 | static int setup_board_part2(void) |
613 | { | 620 | { |
614 | bd_t *bd = gd->bd; | 621 | bd_t *bd = gd->bd; |
615 | 622 | ||
616 | bd->bi_intfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Internal Freq, in Hz */ | 623 | bd->bi_intfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Internal Freq, in Hz */ |
617 | bd->bi_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; /* Bus Freq, in Hz */ | 624 | bd->bi_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; /* Bus Freq, in Hz */ |
618 | #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) | 625 | #if defined(CONFIG_CPM2) |
619 | bd->bi_cpmfreq = gd->arch.cpm_clk; | 626 | bd->bi_cpmfreq = gd->arch.cpm_clk; |
620 | bd->bi_brgfreq = gd->arch.brg_clk; | 627 | bd->bi_brgfreq = gd->arch.brg_clk; |
621 | bd->bi_sccfreq = gd->arch.scc_clk; | 628 | bd->bi_sccfreq = gd->arch.scc_clk; |
622 | bd->bi_vco = gd->arch.vco_out; | 629 | bd->bi_vco = gd->arch.vco_out; |
623 | #endif /* CONFIG_CPM2 */ | 630 | #endif /* CONFIG_CPM2 */ |
624 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC512X) | 631 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC512X) |
625 | bd->bi_ipsfreq = gd->arch.ips_clk; | 632 | bd->bi_ipsfreq = gd->arch.ips_clk; |
626 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC512X */ | 633 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC512X */ |
627 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) | 634 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) |
628 | bd->bi_ipbfreq = gd->arch.ipb_clk; | 635 | bd->bi_ipbfreq = gd->arch.ipb_clk; |
629 | bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; | 636 | bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; |
630 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ | 637 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ |
631 | #if defined(CONFIG_M68K) && defined(CONFIG_PCI) | 638 | #if defined(CONFIG_M68K) && defined(CONFIG_PCI) |
632 | bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; | 639 | bd->bi_pcifreq = gd->pci_clk; |
633 | #endif | 640 | #endif |
634 | #if defined(CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK) | 641 | #if defined(CONFIG_EXTRA_CLOCK) |
635 | bd->bi_inpfreq = gd->arch.inp_clk; /* input Freq in Hz */ | 642 | bd->bi_inpfreq = gd->arch.inp_clk; /* input Freq in Hz */ |
636 | bd->bi_vcofreq = gd->arch.vco_clk; /* vco Freq in Hz */ | 643 | bd->bi_vcofreq = gd->arch.vco_clk; /* vco Freq in Hz */ |
637 | bd->bi_flbfreq = gd->arch.flb_clk; /* flexbus Freq in Hz */ | 644 | bd->bi_flbfreq = gd->arch.flb_clk; /* flexbus Freq in Hz */ |
638 | #endif | 645 | #endif |
639 | 646 | ||
640 | return 0; | 647 | return 0; |
641 | } | 648 | } |
642 | #endif | 649 | #endif |
643 | 650 | ||
644 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO | 651 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO |
645 | static int setup_board_extra(void) | 652 | static int setup_board_extra(void) |
646 | { | 653 | { |
647 | bd_t *bd = gd->bd; | 654 | bd_t *bd = gd->bd; |
648 | 655 | ||
649 | strncpy((char *) bd->bi_s_version, "1.2", sizeof(bd->bi_s_version)); | 656 | strncpy((char *) bd->bi_s_version, "1.2", sizeof(bd->bi_s_version)); |
650 | strncpy((char *) bd->bi_r_version, U_BOOT_VERSION, | 657 | strncpy((char *) bd->bi_r_version, U_BOOT_VERSION, |
651 | sizeof(bd->bi_r_version)); | 658 | sizeof(bd->bi_r_version)); |
652 | 659 | ||
653 | bd->bi_procfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Processor Speed, In Hz */ | 660 | bd->bi_procfreq = gd->cpu_clk; /* Processor Speed, In Hz */ |
654 | bd->bi_plb_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; | 661 | bd->bi_plb_busfreq = gd->bus_clk; |
655 | #if defined(CONFIG_405GP) || defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \ | 662 | #if defined(CONFIG_405GP) || defined(CONFIG_405EP) || \ |
656 | defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440GR) || \ | 663 | defined(CONFIG_440EP) || defined(CONFIG_440GR) || \ |
657 | defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) | 664 | defined(CONFIG_440EPX) || defined(CONFIG_440GRX) |
658 | bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); | 665 | bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); |
659 | bd->bi_opbfreq = get_OPB_freq(); | 666 | bd->bi_opbfreq = get_OPB_freq(); |
660 | #elif defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405) | 667 | #elif defined(CONFIG_XILINX_405) |
661 | bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); | 668 | bd->bi_pci_busfreq = get_PCI_freq(); |
662 | #endif | 669 | #endif |
663 | 670 | ||
664 | return 0; | 671 | return 0; |
665 | } | 672 | } |
666 | #endif | 673 | #endif |
667 | 674 | ||
668 | #ifdef CONFIG_POST | 675 | #ifdef CONFIG_POST |
669 | static int init_post(void) | 676 | static int init_post(void) |
670 | { | 677 | { |
671 | post_bootmode_init(); | 678 | post_bootmode_init(); |
672 | post_run(NULL, POST_ROM | post_bootmode_get(0)); | 679 | post_run(NULL, POST_ROM | post_bootmode_get(0)); |
673 | 680 | ||
674 | return 0; | 681 | return 0; |
675 | } | 682 | } |
676 | #endif | 683 | #endif |
677 | 684 | ||
678 | static int setup_dram_config(void) | 685 | static int setup_dram_config(void) |
679 | { | 686 | { |
680 | /* Ram is board specific, so move it to board code ... */ | 687 | /* Ram is board specific, so move it to board code ... */ |
681 | dram_init_banksize(); | 688 | dram_init_banksize(); |
682 | 689 | ||
683 | return 0; | 690 | return 0; |
684 | } | 691 | } |
685 | 692 | ||
686 | static int reloc_fdt(void) | 693 | static int reloc_fdt(void) |
687 | { | 694 | { |
688 | #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED | 695 | #ifndef CONFIG_OF_EMBED |
689 | if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) | 696 | if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) |
690 | return 0; | 697 | return 0; |
691 | if (gd->new_fdt) { | 698 | if (gd->new_fdt) { |
692 | memcpy(gd->new_fdt, gd->fdt_blob, gd->fdt_size); | 699 | memcpy(gd->new_fdt, gd->fdt_blob, gd->fdt_size); |
693 | gd->fdt_blob = gd->new_fdt; | 700 | gd->fdt_blob = gd->new_fdt; |
694 | } | 701 | } |
695 | #endif | 702 | #endif |
696 | 703 | ||
697 | return 0; | 704 | return 0; |
698 | } | 705 | } |
699 | 706 | ||
700 | static int setup_reloc(void) | 707 | static int setup_reloc(void) |
701 | { | 708 | { |
702 | if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) { | 709 | if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) { |
703 | debug("Skipping relocation due to flag\n"); | 710 | debug("Skipping relocation due to flag\n"); |
704 | return 0; | 711 | return 0; |
705 | } | 712 | } |
706 | 713 | ||
707 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE | 714 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE |
708 | gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; | 715 | gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE; |
709 | #ifdef CONFIG_M68K | 716 | #ifdef CONFIG_M68K |
710 | /* | 717 | /* |
711 | * On all ColdFire arch cpu, monitor code starts always | 718 | * On all ColdFire arch cpu, monitor code starts always |
712 | * just after the default vector table location, so at 0x400 | 719 | * just after the default vector table location, so at 0x400 |
713 | */ | 720 | */ |
714 | gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE + 0x400); | 721 | gd->reloc_off = gd->relocaddr - (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE + 0x400); |
715 | #endif | 722 | #endif |
716 | #endif | 723 | #endif |
717 | memcpy(gd->new_gd, (char *)gd, sizeof(gd_t)); | 724 | memcpy(gd->new_gd, (char *)gd, sizeof(gd_t)); |
718 | 725 | ||
719 | debug("Relocation Offset is: %08lx\n", gd->reloc_off); | 726 | debug("Relocation Offset is: %08lx\n", gd->reloc_off); |
720 | debug("Relocating to %08lx, new gd at %08lx, sp at %08lx\n", | 727 | debug("Relocating to %08lx, new gd at %08lx, sp at %08lx\n", |
721 | gd->relocaddr, (ulong)map_to_sysmem(gd->new_gd), | 728 | gd->relocaddr, (ulong)map_to_sysmem(gd->new_gd), |
722 | gd->start_addr_sp); | 729 | gd->start_addr_sp); |
723 | 730 | ||
724 | return 0; | 731 | return 0; |
725 | } | 732 | } |
726 | 733 | ||
727 | /* ARM calls relocate_code from its crt0.S */ | 734 | /* ARM calls relocate_code from its crt0.S */ |
728 | #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) | 735 | #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) |
729 | 736 | ||
730 | static int jump_to_copy(void) | 737 | static int jump_to_copy(void) |
731 | { | 738 | { |
732 | if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) | 739 | if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC) |
733 | return 0; | 740 | return 0; |
734 | /* | 741 | /* |
735 | * x86 is special, but in a nice way. It uses a trampoline which | 742 | * x86 is special, but in a nice way. It uses a trampoline which |
736 | * enables the dcache if possible. | 743 | * enables the dcache if possible. |
737 | * | 744 | * |
738 | * For now, other archs use relocate_code(), which is implemented | 745 | * For now, other archs use relocate_code(), which is implemented |
739 | * similarly for all archs. When we do generic relocation, hopefully | 746 | * similarly for all archs. When we do generic relocation, hopefully |
740 | * we can make all archs enable the dcache prior to relocation. | 747 | * we can make all archs enable the dcache prior to relocation. |
741 | */ | 748 | */ |
742 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) | 749 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) |
743 | /* | 750 | /* |
744 | * SDRAM and console are now initialised. The final stack can now | 751 | * SDRAM and console are now initialised. The final stack can now |
745 | * be setup in SDRAM. Code execution will continue in Flash, but | 752 | * be setup in SDRAM. Code execution will continue in Flash, but |
746 | * with the stack in SDRAM and Global Data in temporary memory | 753 | * with the stack in SDRAM and Global Data in temporary memory |
747 | * (CPU cache) | 754 | * (CPU cache) |
748 | */ | 755 | */ |
749 | arch_setup_gd(gd->new_gd); | 756 | arch_setup_gd(gd->new_gd); |
750 | board_init_f_r_trampoline(gd->start_addr_sp); | 757 | board_init_f_r_trampoline(gd->start_addr_sp); |
751 | #else | 758 | #else |
752 | relocate_code(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->new_gd, gd->relocaddr); | 759 | relocate_code(gd->start_addr_sp, gd->new_gd, gd->relocaddr); |
753 | #endif | 760 | #endif |
754 | 761 | ||
755 | return 0; | 762 | return 0; |
756 | } | 763 | } |
757 | #endif | 764 | #endif |
758 | 765 | ||
759 | /* Record the board_init_f() bootstage (after arch_cpu_init()) */ | 766 | /* Record the board_init_f() bootstage (after arch_cpu_init()) */ |
760 | static int mark_bootstage(void) | 767 | static int mark_bootstage(void) |
761 | { | 768 | { |
762 | bootstage_mark_name(BOOTSTAGE_ID_START_UBOOT_F, "board_init_f"); | 769 | bootstage_mark_name(BOOTSTAGE_ID_START_UBOOT_F, "board_init_f"); |
763 | 770 | ||
764 | return 0; | 771 | return 0; |
765 | } | 772 | } |
766 | 773 | ||
767 | static int initf_console_record(void) | 774 | static int initf_console_record(void) |
768 | { | 775 | { |
769 | #if defined(CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) | 776 | #if defined(CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) |
770 | return console_record_init(); | 777 | return console_record_init(); |
771 | #else | 778 | #else |
772 | return 0; | 779 | return 0; |
773 | #endif | 780 | #endif |
774 | } | 781 | } |
775 | 782 | ||
776 | static int initf_dm(void) | 783 | static int initf_dm(void) |
777 | { | 784 | { |
778 | #if defined(CONFIG_DM) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) | 785 | #if defined(CONFIG_DM) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN) |
779 | int ret; | 786 | int ret; |
780 | 787 | ||
781 | ret = dm_init_and_scan(true); | 788 | ret = dm_init_and_scan(true); |
782 | if (ret) | 789 | if (ret) |
783 | return ret; | 790 | return ret; |
784 | #endif | 791 | #endif |
785 | 792 | ||
786 | return 0; | 793 | return 0; |
787 | } | 794 | } |
788 | 795 | ||
789 | /* Architecture-specific memory reservation */ | 796 | /* Architecture-specific memory reservation */ |
790 | __weak int reserve_arch(void) | 797 | __weak int reserve_arch(void) |
791 | { | 798 | { |
792 | return 0; | 799 | return 0; |
793 | } | 800 | } |
794 | 801 | ||
795 | __weak int arch_cpu_init_dm(void) | 802 | __weak int arch_cpu_init_dm(void) |
796 | { | 803 | { |
797 | return 0; | 804 | return 0; |
798 | } | 805 | } |
799 | 806 | ||
800 | static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f[] = { | 807 | static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f[] = { |
801 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX | 808 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX |
802 | setup_ram_buf, | 809 | setup_ram_buf, |
803 | #endif | 810 | #endif |
804 | setup_mon_len, | 811 | setup_mon_len, |
805 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 812 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
806 | fdtdec_setup, | 813 | fdtdec_setup, |
807 | #endif | 814 | #endif |
808 | #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE | 815 | #ifdef CONFIG_TRACE |
809 | trace_early_init, | 816 | trace_early_init, |
810 | #endif | 817 | #endif |
811 | initf_malloc, | 818 | initf_malloc, |
812 | initf_console_record, | 819 | initf_console_record, |
813 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC85xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) | 820 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC85xx) || defined(CONFIG_MPC86xx) |
814 | /* TODO: can this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ | 821 | /* TODO: can this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ |
815 | probecpu, | 822 | probecpu, |
816 | #endif | 823 | #endif |
817 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) && defined(CONFIG_HAVE_FSP) | 824 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) && defined(CONFIG_HAVE_FSP) |
818 | x86_fsp_init, | 825 | x86_fsp_init, |
819 | #endif | 826 | #endif |
820 | arch_cpu_init, /* basic arch cpu dependent setup */ | 827 | arch_cpu_init, /* basic arch cpu dependent setup */ |
821 | initf_dm, | 828 | initf_dm, |
822 | arch_cpu_init_dm, | 829 | arch_cpu_init_dm, |
823 | mark_bootstage, /* need timer, go after init dm */ | 830 | mark_bootstage, /* need timer, go after init dm */ |
824 | #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F) | 831 | #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F) |
825 | board_early_init_f, | 832 | board_early_init_f, |
826 | #endif | 833 | #endif |
827 | /* TODO: can any of this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ | 834 | /* TODO: can any of this go into arch_cpu_init()? */ |
828 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) && !defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) | 835 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) && !defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) |
829 | get_clocks, /* get CPU and bus clocks (etc.) */ | 836 | get_clocks, /* get CPU and bus clocks (etc.) */ |
830 | #if defined(CONFIG_TQM8xxL) && !defined(CONFIG_TQM866M) \ | 837 | #if defined(CONFIG_TQM8xxL) && !defined(CONFIG_TQM866M) \ |
831 | && !defined(CONFIG_TQM885D) | 838 | && !defined(CONFIG_TQM885D) |
832 | adjust_sdram_tbs_8xx, | 839 | adjust_sdram_tbs_8xx, |
833 | #endif | 840 | #endif |
834 | /* TODO: can we rename this to timer_init()? */ | 841 | /* TODO: can we rename this to timer_init()? */ |
835 | init_timebase, | 842 | init_timebase, |
836 | #endif | 843 | #endif |
837 | #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || \ | 844 | #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || \ |
838 | defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ | 845 | defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ |
839 | defined(CONFIG_SPARC) | 846 | defined(CONFIG_SPARC) |
840 | timer_init, /* initialize timer */ | 847 | timer_init, /* initialize timer */ |
841 | #endif | 848 | #endif |
842 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ALLOC_DPRAM | 849 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ALLOC_DPRAM |
843 | #if !defined(CONFIG_CPM2) | 850 | #if !defined(CONFIG_CPM2) |
844 | dpram_init, | 851 | dpram_init, |
845 | #endif | 852 | #endif |
846 | #endif | 853 | #endif |
847 | #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT) | 854 | #if defined(CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT) |
848 | board_postclk_init, | 855 | board_postclk_init, |
849 | #endif | 856 | #endif |
850 | #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 857 | #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
851 | get_clocks, | 858 | get_clocks, |
852 | #endif | 859 | #endif |
853 | env_init, /* initialize environment */ | 860 | env_init, /* initialize environment */ |
854 | #if defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) | 861 | #if defined(CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT) |
855 | /* get CPU and bus clocks according to the environment variable */ | 862 | /* get CPU and bus clocks according to the environment variable */ |
856 | get_clocks_866, | 863 | get_clocks_866, |
857 | /* adjust sdram refresh rate according to the new clock */ | 864 | /* adjust sdram refresh rate according to the new clock */ |
858 | sdram_adjust_866, | 865 | sdram_adjust_866, |
859 | init_timebase, | 866 | init_timebase, |
860 | #endif | 867 | #endif |
861 | init_baud_rate, /* initialze baudrate settings */ | 868 | init_baud_rate, /* initialze baudrate settings */ |
862 | serial_init, /* serial communications setup */ | 869 | serial_init, /* serial communications setup */ |
863 | console_init_f, /* stage 1 init of console */ | 870 | console_init_f, /* stage 1 init of console */ |
864 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX | 871 | #ifdef CONFIG_SANDBOX |
865 | sandbox_early_getopt_check, | 872 | sandbox_early_getopt_check, |
866 | #endif | 873 | #endif |
867 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 874 | #ifdef CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
868 | fdtdec_prepare_fdt, | 875 | fdtdec_prepare_fdt, |
869 | #endif | 876 | #endif |
870 | display_options, /* say that we are here */ | 877 | display_options, /* say that we are here */ |
871 | display_text_info, /* show debugging info if required */ | 878 | display_text_info, /* show debugging info if required */ |
872 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) | 879 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC8260) |
873 | prt_8260_rsr, | 880 | prt_8260_rsr, |
874 | prt_8260_clks, | 881 | prt_8260_clks, |
875 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC8260 */ | 882 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC8260 */ |
876 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) | 883 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC83xx) |
877 | prt_83xx_rsr, | 884 | prt_83xx_rsr, |
878 | #endif | 885 | #endif |
879 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 886 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
880 | checkcpu, | 887 | checkcpu, |
881 | #endif | 888 | #endif |
882 | print_cpuinfo, /* display cpu info (and speed) */ | 889 | print_cpuinfo, /* display cpu info (and speed) */ |
883 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) | 890 | #if defined(CONFIG_MPC5xxx) |
884 | prt_mpc5xxx_clks, | 891 | prt_mpc5xxx_clks, |
885 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ | 892 | #endif /* CONFIG_MPC5xxx */ |
886 | #if defined(CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO) | 893 | #if defined(CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO) |
887 | show_board_info, | 894 | show_board_info, |
888 | #endif | 895 | #endif |
889 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_INIT | 896 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_INIT |
890 | #if defined(CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F) | 897 | #if defined(CONFIG_MISC_INIT_F) |
891 | misc_init_f, | 898 | misc_init_f, |
892 | #endif | 899 | #endif |
893 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET | 900 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET |
894 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) | 901 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_I2C) || defined(CONFIG_SYS_I2C) |
895 | init_func_i2c, | 902 | init_func_i2c, |
896 | #endif | 903 | #endif |
897 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) | 904 | #if defined(CONFIG_HARD_SPI) |
898 | init_func_spi, | 905 | init_func_spi, |
899 | #endif | 906 | #endif |
900 | announce_dram_init, | 907 | announce_dram_init, |
901 | /* TODO: unify all these dram functions? */ | 908 | /* TODO: unify all these dram functions? */ |
902 | #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ | 909 | #if defined(CONFIG_ARM) || defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_NDS32) || \ |
903 | defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || defined(CONFIG_AVR32) | 910 | defined(CONFIG_MICROBLAZE) || defined(CONFIG_AVR32) |
904 | dram_init, /* configure available RAM banks */ | 911 | dram_init, /* configure available RAM banks */ |
905 | #endif | 912 | #endif |
906 | #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 913 | #if defined(CONFIG_MIPS) || defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
907 | init_func_ram, | 914 | init_func_ram, |
908 | #endif | 915 | #endif |
909 | #ifdef CONFIG_POST | 916 | #ifdef CONFIG_POST |
910 | post_init_f, | 917 | post_init_f, |
911 | #endif | 918 | #endif |
912 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET | 919 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET |
913 | #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST) | 920 | #if defined(CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST) |
914 | testdram, | 921 | testdram, |
915 | #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST */ | 922 | #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_DRAM_TEST */ |
916 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET | 923 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET |
917 | 924 | ||
918 | #ifdef CONFIG_POST | 925 | #ifdef CONFIG_POST |
919 | init_post, | 926 | init_post, |
920 | #endif | 927 | #endif |
921 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET | 928 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET |
922 | /* | 929 | /* |
923 | * Now that we have DRAM mapped and working, we can | 930 | * Now that we have DRAM mapped and working, we can |
924 | * relocate the code and continue running from DRAM. | 931 | * relocate the code and continue running from DRAM. |
925 | * | 932 | * |
926 | * Reserve memory at end of RAM for (top down in that order): | 933 | * Reserve memory at end of RAM for (top down in that order): |
927 | * - area that won't get touched by U-Boot and Linux (optional) | 934 | * - area that won't get touched by U-Boot and Linux (optional) |
928 | * - kernel log buffer | 935 | * - kernel log buffer |
929 | * - protected RAM | 936 | * - protected RAM |
930 | * - LCD framebuffer | 937 | * - LCD framebuffer |
931 | * - monitor code | 938 | * - monitor code |
932 | * - board info struct | 939 | * - board info struct |
933 | */ | 940 | */ |
934 | setup_dest_addr, | 941 | setup_dest_addr, |
935 | #if defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) | 942 | #if defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) |
936 | /* Blackfin u-boot monitor should be on top of the ram */ | 943 | /* Blackfin u-boot monitor should be on top of the ram */ |
937 | reserve_uboot, | 944 | reserve_uboot, |
938 | #endif | 945 | #endif |
939 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) | 946 | #if defined(CONFIG_SPARC) |
940 | reserve_prom, | 947 | reserve_prom, |
941 | #endif | 948 | #endif |
942 | #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) | 949 | #if defined(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) && !defined(CONFIG_ALT_LB_ADDR) |
943 | reserve_logbuffer, | 950 | reserve_logbuffer, |
944 | #endif | 951 | #endif |
945 | #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM | 952 | #ifdef CONFIG_PRAM |
946 | reserve_pram, | 953 | reserve_pram, |
947 | #endif | 954 | #endif |
948 | reserve_round_4k, | 955 | reserve_round_4k, |
949 | #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ | 956 | #if !(defined(CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF) && defined(CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF)) && \ |
950 | defined(CONFIG_ARM) | 957 | defined(CONFIG_ARM) |
951 | reserve_mmu, | 958 | reserve_mmu, |
952 | #endif | 959 | #endif |
953 | #ifdef CONFIG_LCD | 960 | #ifdef CONFIG_LCD |
954 | reserve_lcd, | 961 | reserve_lcd, |
955 | #endif | 962 | #endif |
956 | reserve_trace, | 963 | reserve_trace, |
957 | /* TODO: Why the dependency on CONFIG_8xx? */ | 964 | /* TODO: Why the dependency on CONFIG_8xx? */ |
958 | #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ | 965 | #if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO) && (!defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_8xx)) && \ |
959 | !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ | 966 | !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_X86) && \ |
960 | !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 967 | !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) && !defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
961 | reserve_video, | 968 | reserve_video, |
962 | #endif | 969 | #endif |
963 | #if !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) | 970 | #if !defined(CONFIG_BLACKFIN) |
964 | reserve_uboot, | 971 | reserve_uboot, |
965 | #endif | 972 | #endif |
966 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 973 | #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
967 | reserve_malloc, | 974 | reserve_malloc, |
968 | reserve_board, | 975 | reserve_board, |
969 | #endif | 976 | #endif |
970 | setup_machine, | 977 | setup_machine, |
971 | reserve_global_data, | 978 | reserve_global_data, |
972 | reserve_fdt, | 979 | reserve_fdt, |
973 | reserve_arch, | 980 | reserve_arch, |
974 | reserve_stacks, | 981 | reserve_stacks, |
975 | setup_dram_config, | 982 | setup_dram_config, |
976 | show_dram_config, | 983 | show_dram_config, |
977 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) | 984 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) || defined(CONFIG_MIPS) |
978 | setup_board_part1, | 985 | setup_board_part1, |
979 | #endif | 986 | #endif |
980 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) | 987 | #if defined(CONFIG_PPC) || defined(CONFIG_M68K) |
981 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET | 988 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET |
982 | setup_board_part2, | 989 | setup_board_part2, |
983 | #endif | 990 | #endif |
984 | display_new_sp, | 991 | display_new_sp, |
985 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO | 992 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_EXTBDINFO |
986 | setup_board_extra, | 993 | setup_board_extra, |
987 | #endif | 994 | #endif |
988 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET | 995 | INIT_FUNC_WATCHDOG_RESET |
989 | reloc_fdt, | 996 | reloc_fdt, |
990 | setup_reloc, | 997 | setup_reloc, |
991 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) | 998 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) |
992 | copy_uboot_to_ram, | 999 | copy_uboot_to_ram, |
993 | clear_bss, | 1000 | clear_bss, |
994 | do_elf_reloc_fixups, | 1001 | do_elf_reloc_fixups, |
995 | #endif | 1002 | #endif |
996 | #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) | 1003 | #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) |
997 | jump_to_copy, | 1004 | jump_to_copy, |
998 | #endif | 1005 | #endif |
999 | NULL, | 1006 | NULL, |
1000 | }; | 1007 | }; |
1001 | 1008 | ||
1002 | void board_init_f(ulong boot_flags) | 1009 | void board_init_f(ulong boot_flags) |
1003 | { | 1010 | { |
1004 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA | 1011 | #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA |
1005 | /* | 1012 | /* |
1006 | * For some archtectures, global data is initialized and used before | 1013 | * For some archtectures, global data is initialized and used before |
1007 | * calling this function. The data should be preserved. For others, | 1014 | * calling this function. The data should be preserved. For others, |
1008 | * CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA should be defined and use the stack | 1015 | * CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA should be defined and use the stack |
1009 | * here to host global data until relocation. | 1016 | * here to host global data until relocation. |
1010 | */ | 1017 | */ |
1011 | gd_t data; | 1018 | gd_t data; |
1012 | 1019 | ||
1013 | gd = &data; | 1020 | gd = &data; |
1014 | 1021 | ||
1015 | /* | 1022 | /* |
1016 | * Clear global data before it is accessed at debug print | 1023 | * Clear global data before it is accessed at debug print |
1017 | * in initcall_run_list. Otherwise the debug print probably | 1024 | * in initcall_run_list. Otherwise the debug print probably |
1018 | * get the wrong vaule of gd->have_console. | 1025 | * get the wrong vaule of gd->have_console. |
1019 | */ | 1026 | */ |
1020 | zero_global_data(); | 1027 | zero_global_data(); |
1021 | #endif | 1028 | #endif |
1022 | 1029 | ||
1023 | gd->flags = boot_flags; | 1030 | gd->flags = boot_flags; |
1024 | gd->have_console = 0; | 1031 | gd->have_console = 0; |
1025 | 1032 | ||
1026 | if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f)) | 1033 | if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f)) |
1027 | hang(); | 1034 | hang(); |
1028 | 1035 | ||
1029 | #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && \ | 1036 | #if !defined(CONFIG_ARM) && !defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) && \ |
1030 | !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) | 1037 | !defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP) |
1031 | /* NOTREACHED - jump_to_copy() does not return */ | 1038 | /* NOTREACHED - jump_to_copy() does not return */ |
1032 | hang(); | 1039 | hang(); |
1033 | #endif | 1040 | #endif |
1034 | } | 1041 | } |
1035 | 1042 | ||
1036 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) | 1043 | #if defined(CONFIG_X86) || defined(CONFIG_ARC) |
1037 | /* | 1044 | /* |
1038 | * For now this code is only used on x86. | 1045 | * For now this code is only used on x86. |
1039 | * | 1046 | * |
1040 | * init_sequence_f_r is the list of init functions which are run when | 1047 | * init_sequence_f_r is the list of init functions which are run when |
1041 | * U-Boot is executing from Flash with a semi-limited 'C' environment. | 1048 | * U-Boot is executing from Flash with a semi-limited 'C' environment. |
1042 | * The following limitations must be considered when implementing an | 1049 | * The following limitations must be considered when implementing an |
1043 | * '_f_r' function: | 1050 | * '_f_r' function: |
1044 | * - 'static' variables are read-only | 1051 | * - 'static' variables are read-only |
1045 | * - Global Data (gd->xxx) is read/write | 1052 | * - Global Data (gd->xxx) is read/write |
1046 | * | 1053 | * |
1047 | * The '_f_r' sequence must, as a minimum, copy U-Boot to RAM (if | 1054 | * The '_f_r' sequence must, as a minimum, copy U-Boot to RAM (if |
1048 | * supported). It _should_, if possible, copy global data to RAM and | 1055 | * supported). It _should_, if possible, copy global data to RAM and |
1049 | * initialise the CPU caches (to speed up the relocation process) | 1056 | * initialise the CPU caches (to speed up the relocation process) |
1050 | * | 1057 | * |
1051 | * NOTE: At present only x86 uses this route, but it is intended that | 1058 | * NOTE: At present only x86 uses this route, but it is intended that |
1052 | * all archs will move to this when generic relocation is implemented. | 1059 | * all archs will move to this when generic relocation is implemented. |
1053 | */ | 1060 | */ |
1054 | static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f_r[] = { | 1061 | static init_fnc_t init_sequence_f_r[] = { |
1055 | init_cache_f_r, | 1062 | init_cache_f_r, |
1056 | 1063 | ||
1057 | NULL, | 1064 | NULL, |
1058 | }; | 1065 | }; |
1059 | 1066 | ||
1060 | void board_init_f_r(void) | 1067 | void board_init_f_r(void) |
1061 | { | 1068 | { |
1062 | if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f_r)) | 1069 | if (initcall_run_list(init_sequence_f_r)) |
1063 | hang(); | 1070 | hang(); |
1064 | 1071 | ||
1065 | /* | 1072 | /* |
1066 | * U-Boot has been copied into SDRAM, the BSS has been cleared etc. | 1073 | * U-Boot has been copied into SDRAM, the BSS has been cleared etc. |
1067 | * Transfer execution from Flash to RAM by calculating the address | 1074 | * Transfer execution from Flash to RAM by calculating the address |
1068 | * of the in-RAM copy of board_init_r() and calling it | 1075 | * of the in-RAM copy of board_init_r() and calling it |
1069 | */ | 1076 | */ |
1070 | (board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)((gd_t *)gd, gd->relocaddr); | 1077 | (board_init_r + gd->reloc_off)((gd_t *)gd, gd->relocaddr); |
1071 | 1078 | ||
1072 | /* NOTREACHED - board_init_r() does not return */ | 1079 | /* NOTREACHED - board_init_r() does not return */ |
1073 | hang(); | 1080 | hang(); |
1074 | } | 1081 | } |
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d
-
mentioned in commit 36cc0d